diff options
Diffstat (limited to '3dc/avp/support')
41 files changed, 0 insertions, 17550 deletions
diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/COORDSTR.CPP b/3dc/avp/support/COORDSTR.CPP deleted file mode 100644 index 92d983f..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/COORDSTR.CPP +++ /dev/null @@ -1,730 +0,0 @@ -/* - - COORDSTR.CPP - - Coordinates with strategies - -*/ - #include "3dc.h" - #include "inline.h" - - #include "coordstr.hpp" - -#if 0 - #include "davemcro.h" - #include "scrobj.hpp" -#endif - - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -#if 0 - static CoordinateWithStrategy* CoordinateWithStrategy::pCWS_FirstActive = NULL; -#endif - - #define INT_SECONDS_FOR_STANDARD_HOMING (0.25) - #define FIXP_SECONDS_FOR_STANDARD_HOMING (ONE_FIXED * INT_SECONDS_FOR_STANDARD_HOMING) - - #define DAVEMCRO_NONZERO_AND_OPPOSITESIGN(Int1, Int2) \ - ( \ - ( \ - ((Int1) > 0) \ - && \ - ((Int2) < 0) \ - ) \ - || \ - ( \ - ((Int1) < 0) \ - && \ - ((Int2) > 0) \ - ) \ - ) - - - -CoordinateWithStrategy::CoordinateWithStrategy -( - int Int_InitialCoord, - OurBool fActive -) : Daemon - ( - fActive - ) -{ - Int_CurrentCoord_Val = Int_InitialCoord; -} - - -CoordinateWithStrategy::~CoordinateWithStrategy -( -) -{ -} - - -int CoordinateWithStrategy::GetCoord_Int(void) -{ - return(Int_CurrentCoord_Val); -} - -void CoordinateWithStrategy::SetCoord_Int(int Int_NewCoord) -{ - Int_CurrentCoord_Val = Int_NewCoord; -} - - -// Coordinates with velocity /////////////////////////////////////////////// -CoordinateWithVelocity :: CoordinateWithVelocity -( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int FixP_Velocity, - OurBool fActive -) : CoordinateWithStrategy - ( - Int_InitialCoord, - fActive - ) -{ - FixP_Velocity_Val = FixP_Velocity; - FixP_Position_Val = OUR_INT_TO_FIXED( Int_CurrentCoord_Val ); -} - -CoordinateWithVelocity :: ~CoordinateWithVelocity() -{ - // empty -} - -void CoordinateWithVelocity :: SetCoord_Int -( - int Int_NewCoord -) -{ - Int_CurrentCoord_Val = Int_NewCoord; - FixP_Position_Val = OUR_INT_TO_FIXED( Int_CurrentCoord_Val ); -} - -void CoordinateWithVelocity :: SetCoord_FixP -( - int FixP_NewCoord -) -{ - Int_CurrentCoord_Val = OUR_FIXED_TO_INT( FixP_NewCoord ); - FixP_Position_Val = FixP_NewCoord; -} - -void CoordinateWithVelocity :: SetVelocity_FixP(int FixP_NewVelocity) -{ - FixP_Velocity_Val = FixP_NewVelocity; -} - - -void CoordinateWithVelocity :: ApplyVelocity -( - int FixP_Time -) -{ - FixP_Position_Val += MUL_FIXED(FixP_Time, FixP_Velocity_Val); - - Int_CurrentCoord_Val = OUR_FIXED_TO_INT( FixP_Position_Val ); -} - -int CoordinateWithVelocity :: GetCoord_Int_RoundedUp(void) -{ - - int ReturnVal = (FixP_Position_Val >> 16); - - if ( (FixP_Position_Val&0xffff) ) - { - ReturnVal++; - } - - #if 0 - textprint - ( - "CoordinateWithVelocity :: GetCoord_Int_RoundedUp()\n" - "FixP_Position_Val = %i\n" - "ReturnVal = %i\n", - FixP_Position_Val, - ReturnVal - ); - #endif - - return ReturnVal; -} - -// Coordinates with velocity: pulsing ///////////////////////////////////////////// -PulsingCoordinate :: PulsingCoordinate -( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_SecondCoord, - int FixP_Velocity, - OurBool fActive -) : CoordinateWithVelocity - ( - Int_InitialCoord, - FixP_Velocity, - fActive - ) -{ - Int_Target0_Val = Int_InitialCoord; - FixP_Target0_Val = OUR_INT_TO_FIXED( Int_Target0_Val ); - - Int_Target1_Val = Int_SecondCoord; - FixP_Target1_Val = OUR_INT_TO_FIXED( Int_Target1_Val ); - -} - -PulsingCoordinate :: ~PulsingCoordinate() -{ - // empty -} - -// Pulsing coordinates: acyclic /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -AcyclicPulsingCoordinate :: AcyclicPulsingCoordinate -( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_SecondCoord, - int FixP_Velocity, - OurBool fActive -) : PulsingCoordinate - ( - Int_InitialCoord, - Int_SecondCoord, - FixP_Velocity, - fActive - ) -{ - // empty -} - -AcyclicPulsingCoordinate :: ~AcyclicPulsingCoordinate() -{ - // empty -} - - -ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE AcyclicPulsingCoordinate :: Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT) -{ - #if 0 - textprint("AcyclicPulsingCoordinate :: Activity(%i)\n", FixP_Time); - #endif - - int Int_CurrentCoord_Old = Int_CurrentCoord_Val; - - ApplyVelocity( FixP_Time ); - - int FixP_Displacement = (FixP_Target1_Val - FixP_Position_Val); - - #if 0 - textprint - ( - "FixP_Velocity_Val = %i FixP_Displacement = %i\n", - FixP_Velocity_Val, - FixP_Displacement - ); - #endif - - if - ( - DAVEMCRO_NONZERO_AND_OPPOSITESIGN - ( - FixP_Velocity_Val, - FixP_Displacement - ) - ) - { - { - SetCoord_FixP - ( - FixP_Target0_Val - + - FixP_Displacement - ); - } - } - - ACTIVITY_RVAL_BOOL(Int_CurrentCoord_Old != Int_CurrentCoord_Val) -} - -// Pulsing coordinates: acyclic /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -CyclicPulsingCoordinate :: CyclicPulsingCoordinate -( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_SecondCoord, - int FixP_Velocity, - OurBool fActive -) : PulsingCoordinate - ( - Int_InitialCoord, - Int_SecondCoord, - FixP_Velocity, - fActive - ) -{ - fGoingForSecondCoord = Yes; -} - -CyclicPulsingCoordinate :: ~CyclicPulsingCoordinate() -{ - // empty -} - -ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE CyclicPulsingCoordinate :: Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT) -{ - #if 0 - textprint("CyclicPulsingCoordinate :: Activity(%i)\n", FixP_Time); - #endif - - int Int_CurrentCoord_Old = Int_CurrentCoord_Val; - - ApplyVelocity( FixP_Time ); - - int FixP_Displacement = - ( - ( fGoingForSecondCoord ? FixP_Target1_Val : FixP_Target0_Val ) - FixP_Position_Val - ); - - #if 0 - textprint - ( - "FixP_Velocity_Val = %i FixP_Displacement = %i\n", - FixP_Velocity_Val, - FixP_Displacement - ); - #endif - - if - ( - DAVEMCRO_NONZERO_AND_OPPOSITESIGN - ( - FixP_Velocity_Val, - FixP_Displacement - ) - ) - { - { - SetCoord_FixP - ( - ( fGoingForSecondCoord ? FixP_Target1_Val : FixP_Target0_Val ) - + - FixP_Displacement - ); - - fGoingForSecondCoord = !fGoingForSecondCoord; - - SetVelocity_FixP - ( - -FixP_Velocity_Val - ); - } - } - - ACTIVITY_RVAL_BOOL(Int_CurrentCoord_Old != Int_CurrentCoord_Val) -} - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -#if 1 -HomingCoordinate::HomingCoordinate -( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_TargetCoord -) : CoordinateWithVelocity - ( - Int_InitialCoord, - 0, //FixP_Velocity, - (Int_InitialCoord != Int_TargetCoord) - ) -{ - Int_TargetCoord_Val = Int_TargetCoord; - FixP_TargetCoord_Val = OUR_INT_TO_FIXED( Int_TargetCoord ); - - FixP_IdealVelocity_Val = DIV_FIXED - ( - (FixP_TargetCoord_Val - FixP_Position_Val), - FIXP_SECONDS_FOR_STANDARD_HOMING - ); -} - -void HomingCoordinate :: SetCoord_Int(int Int_NewCoord) -{ - CoordinateWithVelocity :: SetCoord_Int - ( - Int_NewCoord - ); - - SetActive( Int_TargetCoord_Val != GetCoord_Int() ); -} - -void HomingCoordinate :: SetCoord_FixP(int FixP_NewCoord) -{ - CoordinateWithVelocity :: SetCoord_FixP - ( - FixP_NewCoord - ); - - SetActive( Int_TargetCoord_Val != GetCoord_Int() ); -} - - -AcyclicHomingCoordinate :: AcyclicHomingCoordinate -( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_TargetCoord -) : HomingCoordinate - ( - Int_InitialCoord, - Int_TargetCoord - ) -{ - // empty -} - -ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE AcyclicHomingCoordinate :: Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT) -{ - int Int_CurrentCoord_Old = Int_CurrentCoord_Val; - - #if 0 - textprint("acyclic homing coord for time %i\n",FixP_Time); - #endif - - int FixP_Delta_Homing = (FixP_TargetCoord_Val - FixP_Position_Val); - - #if 0 - textprint - ( - "current = %6i fixp = %6i\n", - (int)Int_CurrentCoord_Val, - (int)FixP_Position_Val - ); - - textprint - ( - "target = %6i fixp = %6i\n", - (int)Int_TargetCoord_Val, - (int)FixP_TargetCoord_Val - ); - #endif - - SetVelocity_FixP( FixP_IdealVelocity_Val ); - int FixP_Delta_Position = MUL_FIXED(FixP_Time, FixP_Velocity_Val); - - #if 0 - textprint - ( - "FixP delta Homing= %6i PosN=%6i\n", - (int)FixP_Delta_Homing, - (int)FixP_Delta_Position - ); - #endif - - - //if target is within this frame's velocity... - if - ( - abs(FixP_Delta_Homing) - <= - abs(FixP_Delta_Position) - ) - { - #if 0 - textprint("within range\n"); - #endif - -#if 1 - SetCoord_Int - ( - Int_TargetCoord_Val - ); - SetVelocity_FixP( 0 ); - Stop(); -#else - ApplyVelocity(FixP_Time); -#endif - } - else - { - #if 0 - textprint("not within range\n"); - #endif - - ApplyVelocity(FixP_Time); - - - } - - ACTIVITY_RVAL_BOOL(Int_CurrentCoord_Old != Int_CurrentCoord_Val) - -} - - - - -#if 0 -OurBool AcyclicHomingCoordinate::Activity(int FixP_Time) -{ - #if 1 - textprint("acyclic homing coord for time %i\n",FixP_Time); - #endif -} -#endif - - -void AcyclicHomingCoordinate :: SetTarget_Int -( - int Int_TargetCoord -) -{ - #if 0 - { - char temp[100]; - sprintf - ( - temp, - "SetTarget(Int_=%i)", - Int_TargetCoord - ); - DAVELOG(temp); - } - #endif - #if 0 - { - textprint - ( - "SetTarget(Int_=%i)\n", - Int_TargetCoord - ); - } - #endif - - Int_TargetCoord_Val = Int_TargetCoord; - FixP_TargetCoord_Val = OUR_INT_TO_FIXED( Int_TargetCoord ); - - FixP_IdealVelocity_Val = DIV_FIXED( - (FixP_TargetCoord_Val - FixP_Position_Val), - FIXP_SECONDS_FOR_STANDARD_HOMING - ); - - - SetActive( Int_TargetCoord != GetCoord_Int() ); -} - -#if 0 -OurBool AcyclicHomingCoordinate :: fTargetWithinThisFramesRange(void) -{ - -} - -void AcyclicHomingCoordinate :: ChangeVelocityBasedOnHoming(int FixP_Time) -{ -} -#endif - -// class AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming : public CoordinateWithVelocity -// public: -AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming :: AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming -( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_TargetCoord, - int FixP_Speed_New - // must be >= zero -) : CoordinateWithVelocity - ( - Int_InitialCoord, // int Int_InitialCoord, - ( - (Int_TargetCoord > Int_InitialCoord ) - ? - ( FixP_Speed_New ) - : - ( -FixP_Speed_New ) - ), // int FixP_Velocity, - ( Int_InitialCoord != Int_TargetCoord ) // OurBool fActive - ) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( FixP_Speed_New >= 0); - - FixP_Speed_Val = FixP_Speed_New; -} - -AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming :: ~AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming() -{ -} - -ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming :: Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT) -{ - int Int_CurrentCoord_Old = Int_CurrentCoord_Val; - - #if 0 - textprint("acyclic homing coord for time %i\n",FixP_Time); - #endif - - int FixP_Delta_Homing = (FixP_TargetCoord_Val - FixP_Position_Val); - - #if 0 - textprint - ( - "current = %6i fixp = %6i\n", - (int)Int_CurrentCoord_Val, - (int)FixP_Position_Val - ); - - textprint - ( - "target = %6i fixp = %6i\n", - (int)Int_TargetCoord_Val, - (int)FixP_TargetCoord_Val - ); - #endif - - #if 0 - SetVelocity_FixP( FixP_IdealVelocity_Val ); - #endif - - int FixP_Delta_Position = MUL_FIXED(FixP_Time, FixP_Velocity_Val); - - #if 0 - textprint - ( - "FixP delta Homing= %6i PosN=%6i\n", - (int)FixP_Delta_Homing, - (int)FixP_Delta_Position - ); - #endif - - - //if target is within this frame's velocity... - if - ( - abs(FixP_Delta_Homing) - <= - abs(FixP_Delta_Position) - ) - { - #if 0 - textprint("within range\n"); - #endif - - SetCoord_FixP - ( - FixP_TargetCoord_Val - ); - SetVelocity_FixP( 0 ); - Stop(); - } - else - { - #if 0 - textprint("not within range\n"); - #endif - - ApplyVelocity(FixP_Time); - - - } - - ACTIVITY_RVAL_BOOL(Int_CurrentCoord_Old != Int_CurrentCoord_Val) -} - -void AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming :: SetTarget_Int -( - int Int_TargetCoord -) -{ - Int_TargetCoord_Val = Int_TargetCoord; - FixP_TargetCoord_Val = OUR_INT_TO_FIXED( Int_TargetCoord ); - - #if 1 - SetVelocity_FixP - ( - (Int_TargetCoord_Val > GetCoord_Int() ) - ? - ( FixP_Speed_Val ) - : - ( -FixP_Speed_Val ) - ); - #else - if (FixP_TargetCoord_Val > FixP_Position_Val) - { - FixP_IdealVelocity_Val = FixP_IdealSpeed; - } - else - { - FixP_IdealVelocity_Val = -FixP_IdealSpeed; - } - #endif - - SetActive( Int_TargetCoord != GetCoord_Int() ); -} - -void AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming :: SetTarget_FixP -( - int FixP_TargetCoord -) -{ - Int_TargetCoord_Val = OUR_FIXED_TO_INT( FixP_TargetCoord ); - FixP_TargetCoord_Val = FixP_TargetCoord; - - #if 1 - SetVelocity_FixP - ( - ( FixP_TargetCoord_Val > FixP_Position_Val ) - ? - ( FixP_Speed_Val ) - : - ( -FixP_Speed_Val ) - ); - #else - if (FixP_TargetCoord_Val > FixP_Position_Val) - { - FixP_IdealVelocity_Val = FixP_IdealSpeed; - } - else - { - FixP_IdealVelocity_Val = -FixP_IdealSpeed; - } - #endif - - SetActive( FixP_TargetCoord != GetCoord_FixP() ); -} - - -void AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming :: SetSpeed_FixP -( - int FixP_Speed_New - // must be >= zero -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( FixP_Speed_New >= 0); - - FixP_Speed_Val = FixP_Speed_New; - - SetVelocity_FixP - ( - ( FixP_TargetCoord_Val > FixP_Position_Val ) - ? - ( FixP_Speed_Val ) - : - ( -FixP_Speed_Val ) - ); - -} - -#endif - - - - - diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/COORDSTR.HPP b/3dc/avp/support/COORDSTR.HPP deleted file mode 100644 index 2fe8b96..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/COORDSTR.HPP +++ /dev/null @@ -1,264 +0,0 @@ -/* - - coordstr.hpp - -*/ - -#ifndef coordstr -#define coordstr 1 - - #ifndef _daemon - #include "daemon.h" - #endif - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - - class CoordinateWithStrategy : public Daemon - { - public: - CoordinateWithStrategy - ( - int Int_InitialCoord, - OurBool fActive - ); - - virtual ~CoordinateWithStrategy(); - - int GetCoord_Int(void); - virtual void SetCoord_Int(int Int_NewCoord); - - virtual ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT) = 0; - // the strategy to run when active... - - #if 0 - virtual void UpdateScreenObject - ( - ScreenObject* pScrObj - ) = 0; - #endif - - protected: - int Int_CurrentCoord_Val; - }; - -#if 0 - class CoordinateWith2DStrategy : public Daemon - { - public - CoordinateWith2DStrategy - }; -#endif - - class CoordinateWithVelocity : public CoordinateWithStrategy - { - protected: - void ApplyVelocity(int FixP_Time); - int FixP_Velocity_Val; - int FixP_Position_Val; - - public: - CoordinateWithVelocity - ( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int FixP_Velocity, - OurBool fActive - ); - - virtual ~CoordinateWithVelocity(); - - virtual void SetCoord_Int(int Int_NewCoord); - virtual void SetCoord_FixP(int FixP_NewCoord); - - void SetVelocity_FixP(int FixP_NewVelocity); - - virtual ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT) = 0; - - int GetCoord_FixP(void) {return FixP_Position_Val;} - int GetCoord_Int_RoundedUp(void); - - }; - - class PulsingCoordinate : public CoordinateWithVelocity - { - public: - PulsingCoordinate - ( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_SecondCoord, - int FixP_Velocity, - OurBool fActive - ); - - virtual ~PulsingCoordinate(); - - virtual ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT) = 0; - - protected: - int Int_Target0_Val; - int FixP_Target0_Val; - - int Int_Target1_Val; - int FixP_Target1_Val; - }; - - class AcyclicPulsingCoordinate : public PulsingCoordinate - { - public: - AcyclicPulsingCoordinate - ( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_SecondCoord, - int FixP_Velocity, - OurBool fActive - ); - - virtual ~AcyclicPulsingCoordinate(); - - virtual ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT); - // base class activity; derived classes should call this - }; - - class CyclicPulsingCoordinate : public PulsingCoordinate - { - public: - CyclicPulsingCoordinate - ( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_SecondCoord, - int FixP_Velocity, - OurBool fActive - ); - - virtual ~CyclicPulsingCoordinate(); - - ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT); - private: - OurBool fGoingForSecondCoord; - - }; - -#if 1 - class HomingCoordinate : public CoordinateWithVelocity - { - protected: - int Int_TargetCoord_Val; - int FixP_TargetCoord_Val; - - int FixP_IdealVelocity_Val; - - public: - HomingCoordinate - ( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_TargetCoord - ); - - int GetTarget_Int(void) const; - - void SetCoord_Int(int Int_NewCoord); - void SetCoord_FixP(int FixP_NewCoord); - - #if 0 - virtual OurBool fTargetWithinThisFramesRange(void) = 0; - virtual void ChangeVelocityBasedOnHoming(int FixP_Time) = 0; - #endif - }; - - // Inline fns: - inline int HomingCoordinate::GetTarget_Int(void) const {return Int_TargetCoord_Val;} - - - - class AcyclicHomingCoordinate : public HomingCoordinate - { - public: - AcyclicHomingCoordinate - ( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_TargetCoord - ); - - virtual ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT); - - void SetTarget_Int - ( - int Int_TargetCoord - ); - - #if 0 - OurBool fTargetWithinThisFramesRange(void); - void ChangeVelocityBasedOnHoming(int FixP_Time); - #endif - - }; - - class CyclicHomingCoordinate : public CoordinateWithStrategy - { - public: - CyclicHomingCoordinate - ( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_TargetCoord, - int Int_MinVal, - int Int_MaxVal - ); - - void SetTarget_Int - ( - int Int_TargetCoord - ); - - private: - int Int_TargetCoord_Val; - }; - - class AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming : public CoordinateWithVelocity - { - public: - AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming - ( - int Int_InitialCoord, - int Int_TargetCoord, - int FixP_Speed - // must be >= zero - ); - ~AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming(); - - virtual ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT); - - int GetTarget_Int(void) const; - - void SetTarget_Int - ( - int Int_TargetCoord - ); - void SetTarget_FixP - ( - int FixP_TargetCoord - ); - - void SetSpeed_FixP - ( - int FixP_Speed - // must be >= zero - ); - - protected: - int Int_TargetCoord_Val; - int FixP_TargetCoord_Val; - - int FixP_Speed_Val; - - }; - inline int AcyclicFixedSpeedHoming::GetTarget_Int(void) const {return Int_TargetCoord_Val;} - -#endif - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/DAEMON.CPP b/3dc/avp/support/DAEMON.CPP deleted file mode 100644 index 3cf38ec..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/DAEMON.CPP +++ /dev/null @@ -1,418 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: Daemon code - things that need to be updated on a - * per-frame basis provided they are "active" - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "daemon.h" - -#include "inline.h" - -#if SupportCallbackHooks -#include "scrobj.hpp" -#endif - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - #define UseRealFrameTime Yes - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - /*static*/ int Daemon :: DaemonTimeScale = ONE_FIXED; - - #if !IndividualTiming - /*static*/ int Daemon :: FixP_Time = 0; - #endif - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ -// static -Daemon* Daemon :: p666_FirstActive = NULL; -// static -Daemon* Daemon :: p666_Iteration_Current = NULL; -// static -Daemon* Daemon :: p666_Iteration_Next = NULL; - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -#if SupportCallbackHooks -// class CallbackHook -CallbackHook :: CallbackHook -( - Daemon* p666_New, - void* pUser_New -) -{ - if ( p666_New -> pFirstHook ) - { - GLOBALASSERT( p666_New -> pFirstHook -> pPrvHook == NULL); - p666_New -> pFirstHook -> pPrvHook = this; - } - - pNxtHook = p666_New -> pFirstHook; - - p666_New -> pFirstHook = this; - - pPrvHook = NULL; - - p666_Val = p666_New; - pUser_Val = pUser_New; -} - -CallbackHook :: ~CallbackHook() -{ - // Remove from list: - if ( pPrvHook ) - { - #if debug - if ( p666_Val ) - { - GLOBALASSERT( this != p666_Val -> pFirstHook ); - } - #endif - pPrvHook -> pNxtHook = pNxtHook; - } - else - { - if ( p666_Val ) - { - // this was it's daemon's first callback: - GLOBALASSERT( this == p666_Val -> pFirstHook ); - p666_Val -> pFirstHook = pNxtHook; - } - } - - if ( pNxtHook ) - { - pNxtHook -> pPrvHook = pPrvHook; - } - -} -#endif // SupportCallbackHooks - -// class Daemon -Daemon :: Daemon -( - OurBool fActive -) -{ - #if SupportCallbackHooks - pFirstHook= NULL; - #endif - - fIsActive_Val = No; - - if (fActive) - { - Start(); - } - else - { - p666_NextActive = NULL; - p666_PrevActive = NULL; - } -} - -Daemon :: ~Daemon() -{ - if (fIsActive_Val) - { - Stop(); - } - - if ( p666_Iteration_Current == this ) - { - // Then this daemon is being processed for Activity(); - // Set the static iteration ptr to NULL to signify it has been deleted - // so that callback hooks don't get called - p666_Iteration_Current = NULL; - } - - #if SupportCallbackHooks - // remove from screen objects lists of attached daemons - while ( pFirstHook ) - { - pFirstHook -> p666_Val = NULL; - - pFirstHook = pFirstHook -> pNxtHook; - } - #endif -} - - -void Daemon :: Start(void) -{ - if (!fIsActive_Val) - { - // Insert at front of active 666 list - p666_PrevActive = NULL; - p666_NextActive = p666_FirstActive; - - if (p666_FirstActive) - { - p666_FirstActive -> p666_PrevActive = this; - } - - p666_FirstActive = this; - - fIsActive_Val = Yes; - } -} - -void Daemon :: Stop(void) -{ - if (fIsActive_Val) - { - // Remove from active 666 list - { - // Check against the iteration in the Maintain() static function: - { - if ( p666_Iteration_Next == this ) - { - // then this is due the next daemon to have its Activity() called; - // advance the static iteration ptr to this daemon's next - p666_Iteration_Next = p666_NextActive; - } - } - - if ( p666_PrevActive ) - { - GLOBALASSERT( p666_PrevActive -> fIsActive_Val ); - - p666_PrevActive -> p666_NextActive = p666_NextActive; - } - - if ( p666_NextActive ) - { - GLOBALASSERT( p666_NextActive -> fIsActive_Val ); - - p666_NextActive -> p666_PrevActive = p666_PrevActive; - } - - if (p666_FirstActive == this) - { - p666_FirstActive = p666_NextActive; - } - } - - fIsActive_Val = No; - } -} - -void Daemon :: SetActive(OurBool fActive) -{ - if (fActive) - { - Start(); - } - else - { - Stop(); - } -} - -OurBool Daemon :: bActive(void) const -{ - return fIsActive_Val; -} - -#if SupportCallbackHooks -void Daemon :: ForceHookActivity(void) -{ - // a way to call the OnActivity() method for all attached hooks - - CallbackHook* pCallbackHook = pFirstHook; - while ( pCallbackHook ) - { - CallbackHook* pCallbackHook_Nxt = pCallbackHook -> pNxtHook; - - pCallbackHook -> OnActivity(); - - pCallbackHook = pCallbackHook_Nxt; - } - -} -#endif // SupportCallbackHooks - -#if 0 -void Daemon :: LinkScreenObject -( - ScreenObject& ScrObj -) -{ - UNWRITTEN(); -} - -void Daemon :: UnlinkScreenObject -( - ScreenObject& ScrObj -) -{ - UNWRITTEN(); -} -#endif - -// static -void Daemon :: Maintain(int FixP_Time_ToUse) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( NULL == p666_Iteration_Current ); - GLOBALASSERT( NULL == p666_Iteration_Next ); - - #if DaemonDiagnostics - ProfileStart(); - #endif - - p666_Iteration_Current = p666_FirstActive; - - FixP_Time = FixP_Time_ToUse; - - while ( p666_Iteration_Current ) - { - p666_Iteration_Next = p666_Iteration_Current -> p666_NextActive; - - { - #if DaemonNaming && DaemonDiagnostics - char* tempDebugName = p666_Iteration_Current -> GetDebugName(); - // in case it gets deleted during the loop - - ProfileStart(); - #endif - - #if SupportCallbackHooks - if - ( - p666_Iteration_Current -> Activity(FixP_Time) - ) - { - if ( p666_Iteration_Current ) - { - // run the OnActivity() method for all the callback hooks attached to this daemon - CallbackHook* pCallbackHook = p666_Iteration_Current -> pFirstHook; - while ( pCallbackHook ) - { - CallbackHook* pCallbackHook_Nxt = pCallbackHook -> pNxtHook; - - pCallbackHook -> OnActivity(); - - pCallbackHook = pCallbackHook_Nxt; - } - } - // else the iterating daemon got deleted during the call to Activity() - } - #else - { - #if IndividualTiming - { - p666_Iteration_Current -> Activity(FixP_Time); - } - #else - { - p666_Iteration_Current -> Activity(); - } - #endif - } - #endif - - #if DaemonNaming && DaemonDiagnostics - ProfileStop - ( - tempDebugName - ); - #endif - - } - /* - Advance to the next in the iteration. - This will be either the next ptr of the current as stored above, - or one further along the list (since the pNext one itself might - have got deleted during the call to Activity) - */ - p666_Iteration_Current = p666_Iteration_Next; - } - - #if DaemonDiagnostics - - ProfileStop("Daemon :: Maintain()"); - - #if CountActiveDaemons - textprint("Num active daemons:%i\n",GetNumActive()); - #endif - - #endif // #if DaemonDiagnostics - -} - -void DAEMON_Init(void) -{ -} - -#if UseRealFrameTime -extern "C" extern int RealFrameTime; -#else -extern "C" extern int NormalFrameTime; -#endif - -void DAEMON_Maintain(void) -{ - #if 0 - textprint("DAEMON_Maintain() called\n"); - #endif - - #if 0 - textprint("RealFrameTime=%i\n",RealFrameTime); - #endif - - int DaemonFrameTime = - ( - #if UseRealFrameTime - RealFrameTime - #else - NormalFrameTime - #endif - ); - - { - if (Daemon :: DaemonTimeScale!=ONE_FIXED) - { - DaemonFrameTime = MUL_FIXED(DaemonFrameTime,Daemon :: DaemonTimeScale); - } - - } - - /* cap DaemonFrameTime if frame rate is really low */ - if (DaemonFrameTime>32768) DaemonFrameTime=32768; - - Daemon :: Maintain - ( - DaemonFrameTime - ); -} - - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/command.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/command.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index 72b932a..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/command.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/* - - command.hpp - - An object for encapsulating requests; see pp233-242 of - "Design Patterns" - -*/ - -#ifndef _command -#define _command 1 - - #ifndef _refobj - #include "refobj.hpp" - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - class Command : public RefCountObject - { - public: - virtual OurBool Execute(void) = 0; - // return value is "was command completed successfully?" - - protected: - // Empty constructor: - Command() : RefCountObject() {} - - protected: - // Protected destructor; Release() is the only method allowed to - // delete it... - virtual ~Command() - { - // empty - } - }; - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/consbind.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/consbind.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index b621bac..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/consbind.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,946 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: consbind.cpp - * - * Ability to kind keystrokes to strings so they appear in the - * console when you hit the key. Initial implementation went through - * the WM_KEYDOWN hook so that we get debouncing and typematic action - * for free; subsequently added an implementation based on the KeyboadInput[] - * array. - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 6/4/98 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "consbind.hpp" - - #if KeyBindingUses_KEY_ID - #include "avpitems.hpp" - #include "iofocus.h" - #include "scstring.hpp" - #include "strtab.hpp" - #endif - - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" -#include "frontend/avp_menus.h" - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - #if KeyBindingUses_WM_KEYDOWN - #define MAX_VALUE_BINDABLE_KEY (VK_DIVIDE) - #endif - - #if KeyBindingUses_KEY_ID - #define MAX_VALUE_BINDABLE_KEY (MAX_NUMBER_OF_INPUT_KEYS) - #endif -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - extern unsigned char KeyboardInput[]; - extern unsigned char DebouncedKeyboardInput[]; - - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_ScreenCentre; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -// class KeyBinding -// public: - -// static -void -KeyBinding :: ParseBindCommand -( - ProjChar* pProjCh_ToParse -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh_ToParse); - - BindableKey theKey; - ProjChar* pProjCh_FollowingTheKey; - - if - ( - KeyBinding :: ParseBindCommand - ( - theKey, // BindableKey& theKey_Out, - &pProjCh_FollowingTheKey, // ProjChar** ppProjCh_Out, - // returns where in the input string to continue processing - - pProjCh_ToParse // ProjChar* pProjCh_In - ) - ) - { - SCString* pSCString_ToBind = new SCString(pProjCh_FollowingTheKey); - - // Create the KeyBinding object: - KeyBinding* pNewBinding = new KeyBinding - ( - theKey, - pSCString_ToBind - ); - - // Feedback: - { - SCString* pSCString_1 = new SCString("BOUND \""); - // LOCALISEME - - SCString* pSCString_2 = new SCString("\" TO "); - - SCString* pSCString_3 = MakeStringForKey - ( - theKey - ); - - SCString* pSCString_Feedback = new SCString - ( - pSCString_1, - pSCString_ToBind, - pSCString_2, - pSCString_3 - ); - - pSCString_Feedback -> SendToScreen(); - - pSCString_Feedback -> R_Release(); - pSCString_3 -> R_Release(); - pSCString_2 -> R_Release(); - pSCString_1 -> R_Release(); - } - - pSCString_ToBind -> R_Release(); - } - else - { - // Can't recognise which key is to be bound to; - // provide an error message - // UNWRITTEN - } -} - -// static -void -KeyBinding :: ParseUnbindCommand -( - ProjChar* pProjCh_ToParse -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh_ToParse); - - // Iterate through leading whitespace: - { - while - ( - *pProjCh_ToParse - ) - { - // LOCALISEME: - if (!isspace(*pProjCh_ToParse)) - { - break; - } - pProjCh_ToParse++; - } - } - - // Scan through the string, trying to find matches against strings for keys - // We will use the longest match: - { - OurBool bGotMatch = No; - unsigned int LongestMatch = 0; - BindableKey theKey_ToUnbind; - - for (int i=0;i<MAX_VALUE_BINDABLE_KEY; i++) - { - BindableKey theKey = (BindableKey)i; - - SCString* pSCString_TestKey = MakeStringForKey(theKey); - - unsigned int LengthOfTestString = pSCString_TestKey -> GetNumChars(); - - if (LengthOfTestString > 0) - { - if - ( - 0 == _strnicmp - ( - pSCString_TestKey -> pProjCh(), - pProjCh_ToParse, - LengthOfTestString - ) - // LOCALISEME - ) - { - // Then we have a match; see if it's longer than - // what's come before... - if (LengthOfTestString>LongestMatch) - { - LongestMatch = LengthOfTestString; - - theKey_ToUnbind = theKey; - bGotMatch = Yes; - - } - } - } - - pSCString_TestKey -> R_Release(); - } - - if (bGotMatch) - { - // Then we must get rid of all bindings with this as their key: - for - ( - LIF<KeyBinding*> oi(&List_pKeyBindings); - !oi . done(); - ) - { - GLOBALASSERT(oi()); - if ( oi() -> theKey == theKey_ToUnbind ) - { - oi . delete_current(); - } - else - { - oi . next(); - } - } - } - } -} - -#if 0 -// static -void -KeyBinding :: AttemptToBind -( - SCString* pSCString_Key, // description of key - SCString* pSCString_ToBind // string to be bound -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pSCString_Key ); - GLOBALASSERT( pSCString_ToBind ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - BindableKey theBindableKey_ToUse; - - if - ( - !bGetKeyForString - ( - theBindableKey_ToUse, // BindableKey& theKey_Out, - pSCString_Key -> pProjCh() - ) - ) - { - // Can't recognise which key is to be bound to; - // provide an error message - ErrorDontRecogniseKey(pSCString_Key); - - return; - } - - // Create the KeyBinding object: - new KeyBinding - ( - theBindableKey_ToUse, - pSCString_ToBind - ); - } -} - -// static -void -KeyBinding :: AttemptToUnbind -( - SCString* pSCString_Key // description of key -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pSCString_Key ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - BindableKey theBindableKey_ToUse; - - if - ( - !bGetKeyForString - ( - theBindableKey_ToUse, // BindableKey& theKey_Out, - pSCString_Key -> pProjCh() - ) - ) - { - // Can't recognise which key is to be bound to; - // provide an error message - ErrorDontRecogniseKey(pSCString_Key); - - return; - } - - // Find and remove any bindings to that key; note the number: - - // Provide feedback: - } -} -#endif - - -// static -void -KeyBinding :: UnbindAll(void) -{ - SCString* pSCString_Feedback = new SCString("DESTROYING ALL KEY BINDINGS"); - // LOCALISEME - - pSCString_Feedback -> SendToScreen(); - - pSCString_Feedback -> R_Release(); - - while - ( - List_pKeyBindings . size() > 0 - ) - { - delete List_pKeyBindings . first_entry(); - // The destructor for the KeyBinding will remove - // it from the list and hence the list will shrink. - } -} - -// static -void -KeyBinding :: ListAllBindings(void) -{ - SCString* pSCString_Feedback = new SCString("LIST OF ALL KEY BINDINGS:"); - // LOCALISEME - - pSCString_Feedback -> SendToScreen(); - - pSCString_Feedback -> R_Release(); - - for - ( - CLIF<KeyBinding*> oi(&List_pKeyBindings); - !oi . done(); - oi . next() - ) - { - GLOBALASSERT(oi()); - oi() -> ListThis(); - } -} - -// static -void KeyBinding :: WriteToConfigFile(char* Filename) -{ - // overwrites the file with a batch file that'll - // restore current bindings - - GLOBALASSERT(Filename); - - FILE* pFile = fopen(Filename,"w"); - - if (!pFile) - { - return; - // and don't destroy the bindings, since we won't - // restore them next time into game - } - - fprintf(pFile,"#This file generated by AVP\n"); - // LOCALISEME - - for - ( - LIF<KeyBinding*> oi(&List_pKeyBindings); - !oi.done(); - oi.next() - ) - { - SCString* pSCString_Key = MakeStringForKey - ( - oi() -> theKey - ); - - fprintf - ( - pFile, - "BIND %s %s\n", - pSCString_Key -> pProjCh(), - oi() -> pSCString_ToOutput -> pProjCh() - ); - - pSCString_Key->R_Release(); - } - - fclose(pFile); - - // Destroy all the current bindings so we don't get a duplicate - // set next time the batch file fires: - { - while - ( - List_pKeyBindings . size() > 0 - ) - { - delete List_pKeyBindings . first_entry(); - // The destructor for the KeyBinding will remove - // it from the list and hence the list will shrink. - } - } -} - - -#if KeyBindingUses_WM_KEYDOWN -// static -void -KeyBinding :: Process_WM_KEYDOWN -( - WPARAM wParam -) -{ - - // Iterate through the list, finding matches. - // We must process the matching objects later, in case they are bound to things - // which modify the list. So we built a list of pending SCString*'s. - // (so BIND X UNBIND X won't kill the program. I hope) - - // The list of pending SCStrings has been made static to the class in an attempt to - // optimise this function - - // Ensure it starts off empty (which it would if it was a local): - GLOBALASSERT( 0 == PendingList . NumEntries() ); - - for - ( - LIF<KeyBinding*>oi(&List_pKeyBindings); - !oi.done(); - oi.next() - ) - { - // Note that the BindableKey type is type-equal to WPARAM if this function - // exists: - if - ( - oi() -> theKey == wParam - ) - { - // Add _the_string_ to the pending list (with a reference) - // The reference is added by the RefList template, and this ensures - // the string stays alive whatever that pesky user does: - GLOBALASSERT( oi() -> pSCString_ToOutput ); - PendingList . AddToEnd - ( - *( oi() -> pSCString_ToOutput ) - ); - - if (bEcho) - { - oi() -> pSCString_ToOutput -> SendToScreen(); - } - } - } - - // Iterate through the pending list, destructively reading the - // "references" from the front: - { - SCString* pSCString; - - // The assignment in this boolean expression is deliberate: - while - ( - NULL != (pSCString = PendingList . GetYourFirst()) - ) - { - pSCString -> ProcessAnyCheatCodes(); - pSCString -> R_Release(); - } - } - - // Ensure the pending list finishes off empty - // (since we're pretending it's a local variable): - GLOBALASSERT( 0 == PendingList . NumEntries() ); - -} -#endif - -#if KeyBindingUses_KEY_ID -// static -void -KeyBinding :: Maintain(void) -{ - // Only process if we're in a running-around type of mode - // rather than typing at the console: - if - ( - IOFOCUS_AcceptControls() - ) - { - // Iterate through the list, finding matches. - // We must process the matching objects later, in case they are bound to things - // which modify the list. So we built a list of pending SCString*'s. - // (so BIND X UNBIND X won't kill the program. I hope) - - // The list of pending SCStrings has been made static to the class in an attempt to - // optimise this function - - // Ensure it starts off empty (which it would if it was a local): - GLOBALASSERT( 0 == PendingList . NumEntries() ); - - for - ( - LIF<KeyBinding*>oi(&List_pKeyBindings); - !oi.done(); - oi.next() - ) - { - // Note that the BindableKey type is type-equal to enum KEY_ID if this function - // exists: - if - ( - DebouncedKeyboardInput[ oi() -> theKey ] - ) - { - // Add _the_string_ to the pending list (with a reference) - // The reference is added by the RefList template, and this ensures - // the string stays alive whatever that pesky user does: - GLOBALASSERT( oi() -> pSCString_ToOutput ); - PendingList . AddToEnd - ( - *( oi() -> pSCString_ToOutput ) - ); - - if (bEcho) - { - oi() -> pSCString_ToOutput -> SendToScreen(); - } - } - } - - // Iterate through the pending list, destructively reading the - // "references" from the front: - { - SCString* pSCString; - - // The assignment in this boolean expression is deliberate: - while - ( - NULL != (pSCString = PendingList . GetYourFirst()) - ) - { - pSCString -> ProcessAnyCheatCodes(); - pSCString -> R_Release(); - } - } - - // Ensure the pending list finishes off empty - // (since we're pretending it's a local variable): - GLOBALASSERT( 0 == PendingList . NumEntries() ); - } -} -#endif - - -// private: -// Private ctor/dtor; to be called only by static fns of the class: -KeyBinding :: KeyBinding -( - BindableKey theKey_ToUse, - SCString* pSCString_ToBind -) : theKey(theKey_ToUse), - pSCString_ToOutput(pSCString_ToBind) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pSCString_ToOutput); - - pSCString_ToOutput -> R_AddRef(); - - List_pKeyBindings . add_entry(this); -} - -KeyBinding :: ~KeyBinding() -{ - List_pKeyBindings . delete_entry(this); - - pSCString_ToOutput -> R_Release(); -} - -#if 0 -// static -OurBool -KeyBinding :: bGetKeyForString -( - BindableKey& theKey_Out, - const ProjChar* const pProjCh_In -) -{ - #if KeyBindingUses_WM_KEYDOWN - { - // takes an input string and tries to figure out - // what the corresponding WPARAM would be... - // Returns truth if it manages to get a sensible value - // into the output area. - - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_In ); - - #if 1 - theKey_Out = pProjCh_In[0]; - return Yes; - // LOCALISEME - #else - - return No; - // for now - #endif - } - #endif - - #if KeyBindingUses_KEY_ID - { - theKey_Out = KEY_NUMPADDEL; - return Yes; - // for now - } - #endif -} -#endif - -// static -void -KeyBinding :: ErrorDontRecogniseKey( SCString* pSCString_Key ) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pSCString_Key ); - - SCString* pSCString_1 = new SCString("UNRECOGNISED KEY: \""); - SCString* pSCString_2 = new SCString("\""); - // LOCALISEME - - SCString* pSCString_Feedback = new SCString - ( - pSCString_1, - pSCString_Key, - pSCString_2 - ); - - pSCString_Feedback -> SendToScreen(); - - pSCString_Feedback -> R_Release(); - pSCString_2 -> R_Release(); - pSCString_1 -> R_Release(); -} - -void -KeyBinding :: ListThis(void) const -{ - // used by ListAllBindings() - SCString* pSCString_1 = MakeStringForKey(theKey); - SCString* pSCString_2 = new SCString(" -> \""); - // LOCALISEME - SCString* pSCString_3 = new SCString("\""); - - SCString* pSCString_Feedback = new SCString - ( - pSCString_1, - pSCString_2, - pSCString_ToOutput, - pSCString_3 - ); - - pSCString_Feedback -> SendToScreen(); - - pSCString_Feedback -> R_Release(); - pSCString_3 -> R_Release(); - pSCString_2 -> R_Release(); - pSCString_1 -> R_Release(); - -} - - -static int GetKeyLabel(int inPhysicalKey, TextID& outTextID) -{ - // takes a physical method key and attempts to find a text - // string to use for it, returning whether it does. - // If it fails, output area is untouched - if (inPhysicalKey>=KEY_LEFT && inPhysicalKey<=KEY_MOUSEWHEELDOWN) - { - outTextID = (enum TEXTSTRING_ID) (TEXTSTRING_KEYS_LEFT + (inPhysicalKey-KEY_LEFT)); - return Yes; - } - else return No; - - #if 0 - switch (inPhysicalKey) - { - case KEY_UP: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_UP; return Yes; - case KEY_DOWN: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_DOWN; return Yes; - case KEY_LEFT: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_LEFT; return Yes; - case KEY_RIGHT: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_RIGHT; return Yes; - case KEY_CR: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_RETURN; return Yes; - case KEY_TAB: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_TAB; return Yes; - case KEY_INS: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_INSERT; return Yes; - case KEY_DEL: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_DELETE; return Yes; - case KEY_END: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_END; return Yes; - case KEY_HOME: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_HOME; return Yes; - case KEY_PAGEUP: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PGUP; return Yes; - case KEY_PAGEDOWN: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PGDOWN; return Yes; - case KEY_BACKSPACE: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_BACKSP; return Yes; - case KEY_COMMA: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_COMMA; return Yes; - case KEY_FSTOP: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PERIOD; return Yes; - case KEY_SPACE: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_SPACE; return Yes; - case KEY_LMOUSE: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_LMOUSE; return Yes; - case KEY_RMOUSE: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_RMOUSE; return Yes; - case KEY_LEFTALT: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_LALT; return Yes; - case KEY_RIGHTALT: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_RALT; return Yes; - case KEY_LEFTCTRL: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_LCTRL; return Yes; - case KEY_RIGHTCTRL: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_RCTRL; return Yes; - case KEY_LEFTSHIFT: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_LSHIFT; return Yes; - case KEY_RIGHTSHIFT: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_RSHIFT; return Yes; - case KEY_CAPS: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_CAPS; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMLOCK: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_NUMLOCK; return Yes; - case KEY_SCROLLOK: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_SCRLOCK; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPAD0: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PAD0; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPAD1: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PAD1; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPAD2: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PAD2; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPAD3: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PAD3; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPAD4: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PAD4; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPAD5: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PAD5; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPAD6: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PAD6; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPAD7: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PAD7; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPAD8: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PAD8; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPAD9: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PAD9; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPADSUB: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PADSUB; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPADADD: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PADADD; return Yes; - case KEY_NUMPADDEL: outTextID = TEXTSTRING_KEYS_PADDEL; return Yes; - default: return No; - } - #endif -} - -static SCString* GetMethodString(BindableKey inPhysicalKey) -{ - TextID theTextID; - - if - ( - GetKeyLabel - ( - inPhysicalKey, - theTextID // TextID& outTextID - ) - ) - { - return &StringTable :: GetSCString(theTextID); - } - else - { - ProjChar theProjChar[2]; - - if (inPhysicalKey >= KEY_A && inPhysicalKey <= KEY_Z) - { - theProjChar[0] = ProjChar(int(inPhysicalKey) - KEY_A + 'A'); - } - else if (inPhysicalKey >= KEY_0 && inPhysicalKey <= KEY_9) - { - theProjChar[0] = ProjChar(int(inPhysicalKey) - KEY_0 + '0'); - } - else - { - theProjChar[0] = 0; - } - - theProjChar[1] = 0; - - return new SCString(theProjChar); - } -} - -// static -SCString* -KeyBinding :: MakeStringForKey -( - BindableKey theKey -) -{ - #if KeyBindingUses_WM_KEYDOWN - { - ProjChar tempProjCh[2]; - - tempProjCh[0] = (ProjChar)theKey; - tempProjCh[1] = 0; - // LOCALISEME - - - return new SCString(&tempProjCh[0]); - } - #endif - - #if KeyBindingUses_KEY_ID - { - return GetMethodString(theKey); - } - #endif -} - -// static -OurBool KeyBinding :: ParseBindCommand -( - BindableKey& theKey_Out, - ProjChar** ppProjCh_Out, - // returns where in the input string to continue processing - - ProjChar* pProjCh_In -) -{ - // returns Yes if it understands the binding and fills out the output - - GLOBALASSERT( ppProjCh_Out ); - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_In ); - - // Iterate through leading whitespace: - { - while - ( - *pProjCh_In - ) - { - // LOCALISEME: - if (!isspace(*pProjCh_In)) - { - break; - } - pProjCh_In++; - } - } - - // Scan through the string, trying to find matches against strings for keys - // We will use the longest match: - { - OurBool bGotMatch = No; - unsigned int LongestMatch = 0; - - for (int i=0;i<MAX_VALUE_BINDABLE_KEY; i++) - { - BindableKey theKey = (BindableKey)i; - - SCString* pSCString_TestKey = MakeStringForKey(theKey); - - unsigned int LengthOfTestString = pSCString_TestKey -> GetNumChars(); - - if (LengthOfTestString > 0) - { - if - ( - 0 == _strnicmp - ( - pSCString_TestKey -> pProjCh(), - pProjCh_In, - LengthOfTestString - ) - // LOCALISEME - ) - { - // Then we have a match; see if it's longer than - // what's come before... - if (LengthOfTestString>LongestMatch) - { - LongestMatch = LengthOfTestString; - - theKey_Out = theKey; - *ppProjCh_Out = pProjCh_In + LengthOfTestString; - // Continue processing after the string - bGotMatch = Yes; - - } - } - } - - pSCString_TestKey -> R_Release(); - } - - if (bGotMatch) - { - // Strip away whitespace following the key string: - { - while (**ppProjCh_Out) - { - // LOCALISEME: - if (!isspace(**ppProjCh_Out)) - { - break; - } - (*ppProjCh_Out)++; - } - } - } - - return bGotMatch; - } - -} - - - -// private: -// Maintain a static list of all of objects of the class: -// static -List<KeyBinding*> KeyBinding :: List_pKeyBindings; - -// static -RefList<SCString> KeyBinding :: PendingList; - -// public: -// static -int KeyBinding :: bEcho = No; - -void CONSBIND_WriteKeyBindingsToConfigFile(void) -{ - #if !(PREDATOR_DEMO|MARINE_DEMO||ALIEN_DEMO||DEATHMATCH_DEMO) - KeyBinding :: WriteToConfigFile("CONFIG.CFG"); - #endif -} - - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/consbind.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/consbind.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index 5df00be..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/consbind.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -/* - - consbind.hpp - - Created 6/4/98 by DHM: - - Ability to bind strings to a key. When the key is pressed, the string - is passed to the console as if it had been typed. -*/ - -#ifndef _consbind_hpp -#define _consbind_hpp 1 - - #if ( defined( __WATCOMC__ ) || defined( _MSC_VER ) ) - #pragma once - #endif - - #ifdef __cplusplus - #ifndef _scstring - #include "scstring.hpp" - #endif - - #ifndef _reflist_hpp - #include "reflist.hpp" - #endif - #endif /* __cplusplus */ - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - #define KeyBindingUses_WM_KEYDOWN No - // if this is set to yes, the system works off the WM_KEYDOWN - // messages, which provide a system for getting at the keyboard - // which is guaranteed to work for the codes in pp247-9 of - // Petzold 4th Edition, across all locales. - // It also: - // - debounces for free, then gives a typematic action - // - won't lose keystrokes, even at low framerates - // - provides ordering between all the keystrokes - - #define KeyBindingUses_KEY_ID Yes - // if this is set, the system accesses the KeyboardInput[] array - // in IO.C Currently (7/4/98) this comes from DirectInput, via - // DI_FUNC.CPP - // I have been told that this has the advantage of allowing us to treat - // mouse/joystick buttons in an analagous way. However it has - // the following disadvantages: - // - it will lose keystrokes at low framerates (below 60Hz at the - // rate I type) - // - it loses the ordering of keystrokes that come in the same frame - // - I believe it is locale-dependent; I believe there's no guarantee - // it will remap according to settings in the Control Panel. - // - // There's no debouncing at present. -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - #if KeyBindingUses_KEY_ID - typedef enum KEY_ID BindableKey; - #endif - - #if KeyBindingUses_WM_KEYDOWN - typedef WPARAM BindableKey; - #endif - - class KeyBinding - { - public: - static void ParseBindCommand - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh_ToParse - ); - static void ParseUnbindCommand - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh_ToParse - ); - - #if 0 - static void AttemptToBind - ( - SCString* pSCString_Key, // description of key - SCString* pSCString_ToBind // string to be bound - ); - static void AttemptToUnbind - ( - SCString* pSCString_Key // description of key - ); - #endif - static void UnbindAll(void); - - static void ListAllBindings(void); - - static void WriteToConfigFile(char* Filename); - // overwrites the file with a batch file that'll - // restore current bindings - // Also destroys all current bindings, so that - // next time into the game you don't get a second - // lot when the config file is processed - - #if KeyBindingUses_WM_KEYDOWN - static void Process_WM_KEYDOWN - ( - WPARAM wParam - ); - #endif - - #if KeyBindingUses_KEY_ID - static void Maintain(void); - #endif - - public: - static int bEcho; - - private: - // Private ctor/dtor; to be called only by static fns of the class: - KeyBinding - ( - BindableKey theKey_ToUse, - SCString* pSCString_ToBind - ); - ~KeyBinding(); - - #if 0 - static OurBool bGetKeyForString - ( - BindableKey& theKey_Out, - const ProjChar* const pProjCh_In - ); - // takes an input string and tries to figure out - // what the corresponding WPARAM would be... - // Returns truth if it manages to get a sensible value - // into the output area. - #endif - - - static void ErrorDontRecogniseKey( SCString* pSCString_Key ); - - void ListThis(void) const; - // used by ListAllBindings() - - static SCString* MakeStringForKey - ( - BindableKey theKey - ); - - static OurBool ParseBindCommand - ( - BindableKey& theKey_Out, - ProjChar** ppProjCh_Out, - // returns where in the input string to continue processing - - ProjChar* pProjCh_In - ); // returns Yes if it understands the binding and fills out the output - - - private: - BindableKey theKey; - SCString* pSCString_ToOutput; - - // Maintain a static list of all of objects of the class: - static List<KeyBinding*> List_pKeyBindings; - - // A list that ought to be local to Process_WM_KEYDOWN() - // and the Maintain() functions - // but has been made static to the class as an optimisation: - static RefList<SCString> PendingList; - - - }; - // Should the binding be debounced/undebounced? - // Should the string appear to be typed? - - // Algorithm for processing? - - // Perhaps should just look at Windows messages for key down, - // like we should have been doing all along... -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - void CONSBIND_WriteKeyBindingsToConfigFile(void); -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/consbtch.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/consbtch.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 0f137de..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/consbtch.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,217 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: consbtch.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 8/4/98 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" - - #include "consbtch.hpp" - #include "reflist.hpp" - - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - - enum - { - MaxBatchFileLineLength=300, - MaxBatchFileLineSize=(MaxBatchFileLineLength+1) - }; - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_ScreenCentre; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -// class BatchFileProcessing -// public: -// static -OurBool -BatchFileProcessing :: Run(char* Filename) -{ - // Tries to find the file, if it finds it it reads it, - // adds the non-comment lines to the pending list, and returns Yes - // If it can't find the file, it returns No - - // LOCALISEME - // This code makes several uses of the assumption that char is type-equal - // to ProjChar - - RefList<SCString> PendingList; - - { - FILE* pFile = fopen(Filename,"r"); - - if (NULL==pFile) - { - return No; - } - - - - // Read the file, line by line. - { - // We impose a maximum length on lines that will be valid: - char LineBuffer[MaxBatchFileLineSize]; - - int CharsReadInLine = 0; - - while (1) - { - int Char = fgetc(pFile); - - if (Char==EOF) - { - break; - } - else - { - if - ( - Char=='\n' - ) - { - // Flush the buffer into the pending queue: - GLOBALASSERT(CharsReadInLine<=MaxBatchFileLineLength); - LineBuffer[CharsReadInLine] = '\0'; - - SCString* pSCString_Line = new SCString(&LineBuffer[0]); - - PendingList . AddToEnd - ( - *pSCString_Line - ); - - pSCString_Line -> R_Release(); - - CharsReadInLine = 0; - } - else - { - // Add to buffer; silently reject characters beyond the length limit - if ( CharsReadInLine < MaxBatchFileLineLength ) - { - LineBuffer[CharsReadInLine++]=toupper((char)Char); - } - } - } - } - - // Flush anything still in the buffer into the pending queue: - { - GLOBALASSERT(CharsReadInLine<=MaxBatchFileLineLength); - LineBuffer[CharsReadInLine] = '\0'; - - SCString* pSCString_Line = new SCString(&LineBuffer[0]); - - PendingList . AddToEnd - ( - *pSCString_Line - ); - - pSCString_Line -> R_Release(); - } - } - - fclose(pFile); - } - - // Feedback: - { - SCString* pSCString_1 = new SCString("EXECUTING BATCH FILE "); - // LOCALISEME - SCString* pSCString_2 = new SCString(Filename); - SCString* pSCString_Feedback = new SCString - ( - pSCString_1, - pSCString_2 - ); - - pSCString_Feedback -> SendToScreen(); - - pSCString_Feedback -> R_Release(); - pSCString_2 -> R_Release(); - pSCString_1 -> R_Release(); - - } - - // Now process the pending queue: - { - // Iterate through the pending list, destructively reading the - // "references" from the front: - { - SCString* pSCString; - - // The assignment in this boolean expression is deliberate: - while - ( - NULL != (pSCString = PendingList . GetYourFirst()) - ) - { - if (pSCString->pProjCh()[0] != '#') - { - // lines beginning with hash are comments - if (bEcho) - { - pSCString -> SendToScreen(); - } - - pSCString -> ProcessAnyCheatCodes(); - } - pSCString -> R_Release(); - } - } - - } - - return Yes; - -} - -// public: -// static -int BatchFileProcessing :: bEcho = No; - - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/consbtch.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/consbtch.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index 107597d..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/consbtch.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@ -/* - - consbtch.hpp - - Console batch file support - -*/ - -#ifndef _consbtch -#define _consbtch 1 - - #if ( defined( __WATCOMC__ ) || defined( _MSC_VER ) ) - #pragma once - #endif - - #ifndef _scstring - #include "scstring.hpp" - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - class BatchFileProcessing - { - public: - static OurBool Run(char* Filename); - // Tries to find the file, if it finds it it reads it, - // adds the non-comment lines to the pending list, and returns Yes - // If it can't find the file, it returns No - - public: - static int bEcho; - }; - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/daemon.h b/3dc/avp/support/daemon.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7079bbf..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/daemon.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,152 +0,0 @@ -/* - - daemon.h - -*/ - -#ifndef _daemon -#define _daemon 1 - -#ifdef __cplusplus - - #ifndef _ourbool - #include "ourbool.h" - #endif - - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - #define SupportCallbackHooks No - - #define IndividualTiming No - /* - Should daemons get individually passed a time to run for, - or do they all share the same timing information? - */ -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - #if SupportCallbackHooks - #define ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE OurBool - - #define ACTIVITY_RVAL_CHANGE {return Yes;} - #define ACTIVITY_RVAL_NOCHANGE {return No;} - #define ACTIVITY_RVAL_BOOL(b) {return b;} - #else - #define ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE void - - #define ACTIVITY_RVAL_CHANGE {return;} - #define ACTIVITY_RVAL_NOCHANGE {return;} - #define ACTIVITY_RVAL_BOOL(ignore) {return;} - #endif - - #if IndividualTiming - #define ACTIVITY_INPUT int FixP_Time - #else - #define ACTIVITY_INPUT void - /* note that int FixP_Time is still available to the activity - functions, but in the form of a protected member rather than - an actual parameter - */ - #endif - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - #ifdef __cplusplus - class Daemon; - - #if SupportCallbackHooks - class CallbackHook - { - public: - virtual void OnActivity(void) = 0; - - CallbackHook - ( - Daemon* p666_New, - void* pUser_New - ); - virtual ~CallbackHook(); - - // ought to be private: - CallbackHook* pNxtHook; - CallbackHook* pPrvHook; - Daemon* p666_Val; - void* pUser_Val; - - - }; - #endif // SupportCallbackHooks - - class Daemon - { - // Constructors etc: - public: - Daemon - ( - OurBool fActive - ); - - virtual ~Daemon(); - - // Per object stuff: - public: - void Start(void); - void Stop(void); - void SetActive(OurBool fActive); - OurBool bActive(void) const; - - virtual ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT) = 0; - // the strategy to run when active; returns Yes if linked screen objects/gadgets will - // need updating - - #if SupportCallbackHooks - void ForceHookActivity(void); - // a way to call the OnActivity() method for all attached hooks - #endif - - // Static stuff: - public: - static Daemon* p666_FirstActive; - static Daemon* p666_Iteration_Current; - static Daemon* p666_Iteration_Next; - - static void Maintain(int FixP_Time); - - static int DaemonTimeScale; - - // Private stuff: - private: - OurBool fIsActive_Val; - Daemon* p666_NextActive; // only valid if fIsActive - Daemon* p666_PrevActive; // only valid if fIsActive - - - #if !IndividualTiming - protected: - // if all Daemon activity calls share one timing; this is it: - static int FixP_Time; - #endif - - #if SupportCallbackHooks - public: // but probably ought to be private: - CallbackHook* pFirstHook; - #endif - }; - #endif // ifdef __cplusplus - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - extern void DAEMON_Init(void); - extern void DAEMON_Maintain(void); - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/dcontext.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/dcontext.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index 9ef1897..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/dcontext.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -/* - - DCONTEXT.HPP - - Created 14/1/98 by DHM: - - Dump-contexts for use by debugging routines. - - The idea is that debug-dump routines take a reference - to one of these, signifying how they should output; - these are in separate headers to avoid dependencies. - - There are derived classes for the screen and for log files. - - Analagous to the class CDumpContext in Microsoft's MFC. - -*/ - -#ifndef _dcontext -#define _dcontext 1 - - #if ( defined( __WATCOMC__ ) || defined( _MSC_VER ) ) - #pragma once - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - class R_DumpContext - { - public: - virtual int dputs(char const * const buf) = 0; - virtual int dprintf(char const * format, ... ) = 0; - virtual int vdprintf(char const * format, va_list ap ) = 0; - }; - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif - - diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/expvar.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/expvar.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index a440c8d..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/expvar.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -/* - - expvar.hpp - - Template for variable with pure virtual get/set methods - (I believe Borland's Delphi calls them "properties") - - Handy for setting up e.g. selection items in the menu system - - I've called them ExportVariables - -*/ - -#ifndef _expvar_hpp -#define _expvar_hpp 1 - - #if ( defined( __WATCOMC__ ) || defined( _MSC_VER ) ) - #pragma once - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -#endif // __cplusplus - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ -template <class T> class ExportVariable -{ -protected: - ExportVariable() - { - } - -public: - virtual T Get(void) const = 0; - virtual void Set(T NewVal) = 0; - -}; - -// Similar to an ExportVariable, but has boundary values defined. -// Can only be instantiated for types with ordering -template <class T> class BoundedExportVariable -{ -protected: - BoundedExportVariable - ( - T minVal_New, - T maxVal_New - ) : minVal(minVal_New), - maxVal(maxVal_New) - { - } - -private: - // This virtual function is private; it's only accessible within this class - // although it must be overridden by derived classes - virtual void Implement_Set(T NewVal) = 0; - -public: - virtual T Get(void) const = 0; - - T GetMin(void) const - { - return minVal; - } - T GetMax(void) const - { - return maxVal; - } - void Set(T NewVal) - { - // Check bounds, reject if outside. Otherwise call pure virtual fn - // (which doesn't need to bother checking) - if (NewVal<minVal) return; - if (NewVal>maxVal) return; - Implement_Set(NewVal); - } - - -private: - const T minVal; - const T maxVal; -}; - -// An export var with empty "get/""set" hooks: -template <class T> class SimpleExportVariable : public ExportVariable<T> -{ -public: - SimpleExportVariable - ( - T& aT - ) : theT(aT), - ExportVariable() - { - } - - T Get(void) const - { - return theT; - } - void Set(T NewVal) - { - theT = NewVal; - } - -protected: - T& theT; - -}; - -// A bounded export var with empty "get/""set" hooks: -template <class T> class SimpleBoundedExportVariable : public BoundedExportVariable<T> -{ -public: - SimpleBoundedExportVariable - ( - T& aT, - T minVal_New, - T maxVal_New - ) : theT(aT), - BoundedExportVariable - ( - minVal_New, - maxVal_New - ) - { - } - - T Get(void) const - { - return theT; - } - - void Implement_Set(T NewVal) - { - theT = NewVal; - } - -private: - T& theT; - - -}; - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/indexfnt.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/indexfnt.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 5d686e6..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/indexfnt.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1336 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: indexfnt.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 18/11/97 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "inline.h" -#include "indexfnt.hpp" -#include "tallfont.hpp" - -extern "C" -{ - #include "d3d_hud.h" -}; - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - #define Use_BLT No - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ -extern void D3D_RenderHUDString(char *stringPtr,int x,int y,int colour); -extern void D3D_RenderHUDString_Clipped(char *stringPtr,int x,int y,int colour); - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - extern unsigned char *ScreenBuffer; - extern long BackBufferPitch; - extern LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSBack; - extern DDPIXELFORMAT DisplayPixelFormat; - extern int CloudTable[128][128]; - extern int CloakingPhase; - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_ScreenCentre; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - /*static*/ IndexedFont* IndexedFont :: pIndexedFont[ IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS ]; - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -// class IndexedFont -// public: -/*static*/ void IndexedFont :: UnloadFont( FontIndex I_Font_ToGet ) -{ - - // there must be a font loaded in that slot - - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pIndexedFont[I_Font_ToGet ] ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - IndexedFont* pDelete = pIndexedFont[I_Font_ToGet ]; - - pIndexedFont[ I_Font_ToGet ] = NULL; - - delete pDelete; - } -} - -/*virtual*/ IndexedFont :: ~IndexedFont() -{ - // Inform the SCString code there's been a change... - SCString :: UpdateAfterFontChange( I_Font_Val ); - - pIndexedFont[ I_Font_Val ] = NULL; -} - - -OurBool IndexedFont :: bCanRenderFully( ProjChar* pProjCh ) -{ - // returns true iff all characters in the string are renderable by the font - - // Assumes one byte-per-character: - while ( *pProjCh ) - { - if - ( - !bCanRender( *pProjCh ) - ) - { - return No; - } - - pProjCh++; - } - - return Yes; -} - -#if debug -void IndexedFont :: Render_Clipped_Report -( - const struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int,// FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr -) const -{ - textprint - ( - "IndexedFont(%i)::RenderString_Clipped() at(%i,%i) clip(%i,%i,%i,%i) \"%s\"\n", - I_Font_Val, - R2Pos_Cursor . x, - R2Pos_Cursor . y, - R2Rect_Clip . x0, - R2Rect_Clip . y0, - R2Rect_Clip . x1, - R2Rect_Clip . y1, - SCStr . pProjCh() - ); -} -#endif - - -// protected: -// Protected constructor since abstract class -IndexedFont :: IndexedFont -( - FontIndex I_Font_New -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( I_Font_New < IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - I_Font_Val = I_Font_New; - - pIndexedFont[ I_Font_New ] = this; - } -} - - -// private: - -#if 1 -// class IndexedFont_Proportional : public IndexedFont -// public: -void IndexedFont_Proportional :: RenderString_Clipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha,// FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr -) const -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - } - - /* CODE */ - { - #if 0 - Render_Clipped_Report - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - R2Rect_Clip, - FixP_Alpha, - SCStr - ); - #endif - - ProjChar* pProjChar_I = SCStr . pProjCh(); - - while ( *pProjChar_I ) - { - const ProjChar ProjCh = *pProjChar_I; - - if - ( - bCanRender( ProjCh ) - ) - { - #if 0 - textprint("printable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - - #if 1 - // Rewritten by DHM 18/3/98 to use the single character renderer: - RenderChar_Clipped - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - R2Rect_Clip, - FixP_Alpha, - ProjCh - ); - #else - // For the moment, only render characters that are fully on-screen: - if - ( - r2rect - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - GetWidth(ProjCh), - GetHeight() - ) . bFitsIn( R2Rect_Clip ) - ) - { - #if Use_BLT - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+BLTFontOffsetToHUD - ( - pffont_Val, // PFFONT* font, - R2Pos_Cursor . x, // int xdest, - R2Pos_Cursor . y, // int ydest, - pffont_Val -> ProjCharToOffset( ProjCh ) // int offset - ); - #else - textprintXY - ( - R2Pos_Cursor . x, - R2Pos_Cursor . y, - "%c", ProjCh - ); - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+GetWidth(ProjCh); - #endif - // appears to return the width of the character... - } - else - { - R2Pos_Cursor . x += GetWidth( ProjCh ); - } - #endif - } - else - { - #if 0 - textprint("unprintable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - } - - pProjChar_I++; - } - } -} - -void IndexedFont_Proportional :: RenderString_Unclipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, // FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr -) const -{ - { - ProjChar* pProjChar_I = SCStr . pProjCh(); - - while ( *pProjChar_I ) - { - const ProjChar ProjCh = *pProjChar_I; - - if - ( - bCanRender( ProjCh ) - ) - { - #if 0 - textprint("printable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - - #if 1 - // Rewritten by DHM 18/3/98 to use the single character renderer: - RenderChar_Unclipped - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - FixP_Alpha, - ProjCh - ); - #else - #if Use_BLT - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+BLTFontOffsetToHUD - ( - pffont_Val, // PFFONT* font, - R2Pos_Cursor . x, // int xdest, - R2Pos_Cursor . y, // int ydest, - pffont_Val -> ProjCharToOffset( ProjCh ) // int offset - ); - // appears to return the width of the character... - #else - textprintXY - ( - R2Pos_Cursor . x, - R2Pos_Cursor . y, - "%c", ProjCh - ); - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+GetWidth(ProjCh); - #endif - #endif - - } - else - { - #if 0 - textprint("unprintable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - } - - pProjChar_I++; - } - } -} - - -r2size IndexedFont_Proportional :: CalcSize -( - ProjChar* pProjCh -) const -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh ); - - r2size R2Size_Return - ( - 0, - GetHeight() - ); - - if (*pProjCh) - { - // non-empty strings have one pixel space between characters; the if/do/while - // construction is to take one off the final result for a non-empty string - do - { - R2Size_Return . w += GetWidth( *pProjCh ) + 1; - - pProjCh++; - } while (*pProjCh); - - R2Size_Return . w --; - } - - return R2Size_Return; -} - -r2size IndexedFont_Proportional :: CalcSize -( - ProjChar* pProjCh, - int MaxChars -) const -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh ); - GLOBALASSERT( MaxChars >= 0 ); - - r2size R2Size_Return - ( - 0, - GetHeight() - ); - - if - ( - (*pProjCh) - && - (MaxChars>0) - ) - { - // non-empty strings have one pixel space between characters; the if/do/while - // construction is to take one off the final result for a non-empty string - do - { - R2Size_Return . w += GetWidth( *pProjCh ) + 1; - - pProjCh++; - } while - ( - (*pProjCh) - && - (--MaxChars>0) - ); - - R2Size_Return . w --; - } - - return R2Size_Return; -} - -#endif - -// class IndexedFont_Kerned : public IndexedFont -// public: -void -IndexedFont_Kerned :: RenderString_Clipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr -) const -{ - ProjChar* pProjChar_I = SCStr . pProjCh(); - - const LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE image_ptr = GetImagePtr(); - - DDSURFACEDESC ddsdimage; - - memset(&ddsdimage, 0, sizeof(ddsdimage)); - ddsdimage.dwSize = sizeof(ddsdimage); - - /* lock the image */ - while (image_ptr->Lock(NULL, &ddsdimage, DDLOCK_WAIT, NULL) == DDERR_WASSTILLDRAWING); - - while ( *pProjChar_I ) - { - const ProjChar ProjCh = *pProjChar_I; - - if - ( - bCanRender( ProjCh ) - ) - { - #if 0 - textprint("printable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - - #if 0 - RenderChar_Clipped - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - R2Rect_Clip, - FixP_Alpha, - ProjCh - ); - #else - if (ProjCh != ' ') - { - unsigned int theOffset=ProjCh - 32; - int width = GetWidth(ProjCh); - - /* - if - ( - GetOffset - ( - theOffset, - ProjCh - ) - ) - */ - { - if - ( - width>0 - ) - { - { - // This code adapted from DrawGraphicWithAlphaChannel(); - // it assumes you're in a 16-bit mode... - - // okay, now we have the surfaces, we can copy from one to the other, - // darkening pixels as we go - { - long fontimagePitchInShorts = (ddsdimage.lPitch/2); - long backbufferPitchInShorts = (BackBufferPitch/2); - - unsigned short* fontimageRowStartPtr = - ( - ((unsigned short *)ddsdimage.lpSurface) - + - (GetHeight()*theOffset*fontimagePitchInShorts) - ); - - unsigned short* backbufferRowStartPtr = - ( - ((unsigned short *)ScreenBuffer) - + - (R2Pos_Cursor.y*backbufferPitchInShorts) - + - (R2Pos_Cursor.x) - ); - int screenY = R2Pos_Cursor.y; - - for (int yCount=GetHeight(); yCount>0; yCount--) - { - unsigned short* fontimagePtr = fontimageRowStartPtr; - unsigned short* backbufferPtr = backbufferRowStartPtr; - - if (screenY >= R2Rect_Clip.y0 && screenY <= R2Rect_Clip.y1) - for (int xCount=width; xCount>0;xCount--) - { - int r = CloudTable[(xCount+R2Pos_Cursor.x+CloakingPhase/64)&127][(screenY+CloakingPhase/128)&127]; - // b += CloudTable[((xCount+R2Pos_Cursor.x)/2-CloakingPhase/96)&127][((yCount+R2Pos_Cursor.y)/4+CloakingPhase/64)&127]/4; - // b += CloudTable[((xCount+R2Pos_Cursor.x+10)/4-CloakingPhase/64)&127][((yCount+R2Pos_Cursor.y-50)/8+CloakingPhase/32)&127]/8; - // if (b>ONE_FIXED) b = ONE_FIXED; - r = MUL_FIXED(FixP_Alpha,r); - if (*fontimagePtr) - { - unsigned int backR = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - unsigned int backG = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - unsigned int backB = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - unsigned int fontR = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - unsigned int fontG = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - unsigned int fontB = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - backR += MUL_FIXED(r,fontR); - if (backR>DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask) backR = DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - else backR &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - - backG += MUL_FIXED(r,fontG); - if (backG>DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask) backG = DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - else backG &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - - backB += MUL_FIXED(r,fontB); - if (backB>DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask) backB = DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - else backB &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - *backbufferPtr = (short)(backR|backG|backB); - } - fontimagePtr++; - backbufferPtr++; - } - screenY++; - fontimageRowStartPtr += fontimagePitchInShorts; - backbufferRowStartPtr += backbufferPitchInShorts; - } - } - - } - } - } - } - - #endif - } - else - { - #if 0 - textprint("unprintable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - } - - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+GetXInc - ( - ProjCh, - *(pProjChar_I+1) - ); - // this takes responsibility for updating cursor pos, - // rather than the RenderChar function - - pProjChar_I++; - } - image_ptr->Unlock((LPVOID)ddsdimage.lpSurface); -} - -void -IndexedFont_Kerned :: RenderString_Unclipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr -) const -#if 1 -{ - ProjChar* pProjChar_I = SCStr . pProjCh(); - - const LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE image_ptr = GetImagePtr(); - - DDSURFACEDESC ddsdimage; - - memset(&ddsdimage, 0, sizeof(ddsdimage)); - ddsdimage.dwSize = sizeof(ddsdimage); - - /* lock the image */ - while (image_ptr->Lock(NULL, &ddsdimage, DDLOCK_WAIT, NULL) == DDERR_WASSTILLDRAWING); - - while ( *pProjChar_I ) - { - const ProjChar ProjCh = *pProjChar_I; - - if - ( - bCanRender( ProjCh ) - ) - { - #if 0 - textprint("printable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - - #if 0 - RenderChar_Clipped - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - R2Rect_Clip, - FixP_Alpha, - ProjCh - ); - #else - if (ProjCh != ' ') - { - unsigned int theOffset=ProjCh - 32; - int width = GetWidth(ProjCh); - - /* - if - ( - GetOffset - ( - theOffset, - ProjCh - ) - ) - */ - { - if - ( - width>0 - ) - { - { - // This code adapted from DrawGraphicWithAlphaChannel(); - // it assumes you're in a 16-bit mode... - - // okay, now we have the surfaces, we can copy from one to the other, - // darkening pixels as we go - { - long fontimagePitchInShorts = (ddsdimage.lPitch/2); - long backbufferPitchInShorts = (BackBufferPitch/2); - - unsigned short* fontimageRowStartPtr = - ( - ((unsigned short *)ddsdimage.lpSurface) - + - (GetHeight()*theOffset*fontimagePitchInShorts) - ); - - unsigned short* backbufferRowStartPtr = - ( - ((unsigned short *)ScreenBuffer) - + - (R2Pos_Cursor.y*backbufferPitchInShorts) - + - (R2Pos_Cursor.x) - ); - int screenY = R2Pos_Cursor.y; - - for (int yCount=GetHeight(); yCount>0; yCount--) - { - unsigned short* fontimagePtr = fontimageRowStartPtr; - unsigned short* backbufferPtr = backbufferRowStartPtr; - - int xIndex = R2Pos_Cursor.x+CloakingPhase/64; - int yIndex = (screenY+CloakingPhase/128)&127; - -// if (screenY >= R2Rect_Clip.y0 && screenY <= R2Rect_Clip.y1) - for (int xCount=width; xCount>0;xCount--) - { - int r = CloudTable[(xCount+xIndex)&127][yIndex]; - // b += CloudTable[((xCount+R2Pos_Cursor.x)/2-CloakingPhase/96)&127][((yCount+R2Pos_Cursor.y)/4+CloakingPhase/64)&127]/4; - // b += CloudTable[((xCount+R2Pos_Cursor.x+10)/4-CloakingPhase/64)&127][((yCount+R2Pos_Cursor.y-50)/8+CloakingPhase/32)&127]/8; - // if (b>ONE_FIXED) b = ONE_FIXED; - r = MUL_FIXED(FixP_Alpha,r); - //int r = FixP_Alpha; - if (*fontimagePtr) - { - unsigned int backR = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - unsigned int backG = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - unsigned int backB = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - unsigned int fontR = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - unsigned int fontG = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - unsigned int fontB = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - backR += MUL_FIXED(r,fontR); - if (backR>DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask) backR = DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - else backR &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - - backG += MUL_FIXED(r,fontG); - if (backG>DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask) backG = DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - else backG &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - - backB += MUL_FIXED(r,fontB); - if (backB>DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask) backB = DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - else backB &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - *backbufferPtr = (short)(backR|backG|backB); - } - fontimagePtr++; - backbufferPtr++; - } - screenY++; - fontimageRowStartPtr += fontimagePitchInShorts; - backbufferRowStartPtr += backbufferPitchInShorts; - } - } - - } - } - } - } - - #endif - } - else - { - #if 0 - textprint("unprintable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - } - - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+GetXInc - ( - ProjCh, - *(pProjChar_I+1) - ); - // this takes responsibility for updating cursor pos, - // rather than the RenderChar function - - pProjChar_I++; - } - image_ptr->Unlock((LPVOID)ddsdimage.lpSurface); -} -#else -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - #if 0 - { - // Check it's already been properly clipped: - // (using direct calculation of string sizes) - GLOBALASSERT - ( - r2rect - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - CalcSize( SCStr . pProjCh() ) - ) . bValidPhys() - ); - } - #endif - /* CODE */ - { - ProjChar* pProjChar_I = SCStr . pProjCh(); - - while ( *pProjChar_I ) - { - const ProjChar ProjCh = *pProjChar_I; - - if - ( - bCanRender( ProjCh ) - ) - { - #if 0 - textprint("printable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif -#if 1 - RenderChar_Unclipped - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - FixP_Alpha, - ProjCh - ); -#endif - } - else - { - #if 0 - textprint("unprintable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - } - - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+GetXInc - ( - ProjCh, - *(pProjChar_I+1) - ); - // this takes responsibility for updating cursor pos, - // rather than the RenderChar function - - pProjChar_I++; - } - } -} -#endif - -// The string CalcSize() functions are implemented at this level -// For this class, it's not just done by adding together the sizes for -// the characters: -r2size -IndexedFont_Kerned :: CalcSize -( - ProjChar* pProjCh -) const -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh); - - r2size R2Size_Return - ( - 0, - GetHeight() - ); - - while (*pProjCh) - { - R2Size_Return . w += 1+GetXInc - ( - *(pProjCh), - *(pProjCh+1) - ); - // note how the final non-null character has a call to GetXInc - // with the null character as its successor - - pProjCh++; - } - - return R2Size_Return; -} - -r2size -IndexedFont_Kerned :: CalcSize -( - ProjChar* pProjCh, - int MaxChars -) const -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh); - GLOBALASSERT( MaxChars >=0 ); - - r2size R2Size_Return - ( - 0, - GetHeight() - ); - - while - ( - (*pProjCh) - && - ((MaxChars--)>0) - ) - { - R2Size_Return . w += 1+GetXInc - ( - *(pProjCh), - *(pProjCh+1) - ); - // note how the final non-null character has a call to GetXInc - // with the null character as its successor - - pProjCh++; - } - - return R2Size_Return; -} - - -void IndexedFont_Proportional_PF :: RenderChar_Clipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int, // FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh -) const -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - } - - /* CODE */ - { - if - ( - bCanRender( ProjCh ) - ) - { - #if 0 - textprint("printable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - // For the moment, only render characters that are fully on-screen: - if - ( - r2rect - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - GetWidth(ProjCh), - GetHeight() - ) . bFitsIn( R2Rect_Clip ) - ) - { - #if Use_BLT - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+BLTFontOffsetToHUD - ( - pffont_Val, // PFFONT* font, - R2Pos_Cursor . x, // int xdest, - R2Pos_Cursor . y, // int ydest, - pffont_Val -> ProjCharToOffset( ProjCh ) // int offset - ); - // appears to return the width of the character... - #else - textprintXY - ( - R2Pos_Cursor . x, - R2Pos_Cursor . y, - "%c", ProjCh - ); - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+GetWidth(ProjCh); - #endif - } - else - { - R2Pos_Cursor . x += GetWidth( ProjCh ); - } - } - else - { - #if 0 - textprint("unprintable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - } - } -} - -void IndexedFont_Proportional_PF :: RenderChar_Unclipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int, // FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh -) const -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - #if 1 - { - // Check it's already been properly clipped: - // (using direct calculation of char size) - GLOBALASSERT - ( - r2rect - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - CalcSize( ProjCh ) - ) . bValidPhys() - ); - } - #endif - /* CODE */ - { - if - ( - bCanRender( ProjCh ) - ) - { - #if 0 - textprint("printable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - - #if Use_BLT - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+BLTFontOffsetToHUD - ( - pffont_Val, // PFFONT* font, - R2Pos_Cursor . x, // int xdest, - R2Pos_Cursor . y, // int ydest, - pffont_Val -> ProjCharToOffset( ProjCh ) // int offset - ); - // appears to return the width of the character... - #else - textprintXY - ( - R2Pos_Cursor . x, - R2Pos_Cursor . y, - "%c", ProjCh - ); - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+GetWidth(ProjCh); - #endif - } - else - { - #if 0 - textprint("unprintable \'%c\'\n",ProjCh); - #endif - } - } -} - - -/*static*/ void IndexedFont_Proportional_PF :: PFLoadHook -( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - PFFONT *pffont_New -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - } - - /* CODE */ - { - new IndexedFont_Proportional_PF - ( - I_Font_New, - pffont_New - ); - - SCString :: UpdateAfterFontChange( I_Font_New ); - } -} - -/*static*/ void IndexedFont_Proportional_PF :: PFUnLoadHook -( - FontIndex // I_Font_Old -) -{ - #if 0 - delete - SCString :: UpdateAfterFontChange( I_Font_Old ); - #endif -} - -// private: -IndexedFont_Proportional_PF :: IndexedFont_Proportional_PF -( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - PFFONT *pffont_New -) : IndexedFont_Proportional - ( - I_Font_New - ), - MaxWidth_Val(0) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pffont_New ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - pffont_Val = pffont_New; - - // Calculate MaxWidth_Val: - int i=(pffont_New -> num_chars_in_font); - int Offset = pffont_New -> GetOffset(); - - while (i>0) - { - i--; - - int ThisWidth = pffont_Val -> GetWidth - ( - (ProjChar) (i + Offset ) - ); - if ( MaxWidth_Val < ThisWidth) - { - MaxWidth_Val = ThisWidth; - } - } - - } -} - - - - -void INDEXFNT_PFLoadHook -( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - PFFONT *pffont_New -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( I_Font_New < IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS ); - GLOBALASSERT( pffont_New ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - IndexedFont_Proportional_PF :: PFLoadHook - ( - I_Font_New, - pffont_New // PFFONT *pffont_New - ); - - } -} - - -void IndexedFont_HUD :: RenderString_Clipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha,// FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr -) const -{ - /* KJL 16:16:26 16/04/98 - if you're completely off-screen, go away */ - if (R2Pos_Cursor . y<=-HUD_FONT_HEIGHT) return; - - { - ProjChar* pProjChar_I = SCStr . pProjCh(); - - if (R2Pos_Cursor . y<=0) - { - D3D_RenderHUDString_Clipped(pProjChar_I,R2Pos_Cursor.x,R2Pos_Cursor.y,(255<<24)+(192<<16)+(192<<8)+(192)); - } - else - #if 0 - { - HUDCharDesc charDesc; - charDesc.Y = R2Pos_Cursor . y; - - charDesc.Red = 192; - charDesc.Green = 192; - charDesc.Blue = 192; - charDesc.Alpha= 255; - - while ( *pProjChar_I ) - { - const ProjChar ProjCh = *pProjChar_I; - - charDesc.Character=ProjCh; - charDesc.X = R2Pos_Cursor . x; - D3D_DrawHUDFontCharacter(&charDesc); - - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+GetWidth(ProjCh); - pProjChar_I++; - } - } - #else - D3D_RenderHUDString(pProjChar_I,R2Pos_Cursor.x,R2Pos_Cursor.y,(255<<24)+(192<<16)+(192<<8)+(192)); - #endif - } -} - -void IndexedFont_HUD :: RenderString_Unclipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, // FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr -) const -{ - LOCALASSERT(0); -} - - -r2size IndexedFont_HUD :: CalcSize -( - ProjChar* pProjCh -) const -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh ); - - r2size R2Size_Return - ( - 0, - GetHeight() - ); - - if (*pProjCh) - { - // non-empty strings have one pixel space between characters; the if/do/while - // construction is to take one off the final result for a non-empty string - do - { - R2Size_Return . w += GetWidth( *pProjCh ) + 1; - - pProjCh++; - } while (*pProjCh); - - R2Size_Return . w --; - } - - return R2Size_Return; -} -#if 0 -r2size IndexedFont_HUD :: CalcSize -( - ProjChar* pProjCh, - int MaxChars -) const -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh ); - GLOBALASSERT( MaxChars >= 0 ); - - r2size R2Size_Return - ( - 0, - GetHeight() - ); - - if - ( - (*pProjCh) - && - (MaxChars>0) - ) - { - // non-empty strings have one pixel space between characters; the if/do/while - // construction is to take one off the final result for a non-empty string - do - { - R2Size_Return . w += GetWidth( *pProjCh ) + 1; - - pProjCh++; - } while - ( - (*pProjCh) - && - (--MaxChars>0) - ); - - R2Size_Return . w --; - } - - return R2Size_Return; -} -#endif -void IndexedFont_HUD :: RenderChar_Clipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int, // FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh -) const -{ - HUDCharDesc charDesc; - charDesc.Y = R2Pos_Cursor . y; - - charDesc.Red = 255; - charDesc.Green = 255; - charDesc.Blue = 255; - charDesc.Alpha= 255; - - charDesc.Character=ProjCh; - charDesc.X = R2Pos_Cursor . x; - D3D_DrawHUDFontCharacter(&charDesc); - R2Pos_Cursor . x += GetWidth(ProjCh); -} - -void IndexedFont_HUD :: RenderChar_Unclipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int, // FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh -) const -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - // Check it's already been properly clipped: - // (using direct calculation of char size) - GLOBALASSERT - ( - r2rect - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - CalcSize( ProjCh ) - ) . bValidPhys() - ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - { - - HUDCharDesc charDesc; - charDesc.Character=ProjCh; - charDesc.X = R2Pos_Cursor . x; - charDesc.Y = R2Pos_Cursor . y; - - charDesc.Red = FastRandom()&255; - charDesc.Green = FastRandom()&255; - charDesc.Blue = FastRandom()&255; - charDesc.Alpha=255; - - D3D_DrawHUDFontCharacter(&charDesc); - - R2Pos_Cursor . x += 1+GetWidth(ProjCh); - } - #if 0 - else - { - R2Pos_Cursor . x += GetWidth( ProjCh ); - } - #endif - } -} - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/indexfnt.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/indexfnt.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index 5afa66a..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/indexfnt.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,540 +0,0 @@ -/* - - indexfnt.hpp - - Created 19/11/97 by DHM : An "indexed font" type; it is assumed that - there is a maximum number of possible fonts that the program can have - installed, with an enum for accessing the different fonts (as opposed - to a system allowing arbitrary numbers of fonts to be loaded at run-time). - - Expects an enum "FontIndex" for the font to be defined in PROJFONT.H - - - (haven't worked out what happens for colour information/selection) -*/ - -#ifndef _indexfnt -#define _indexfnt 1 - - #ifndef _projfont - #include "projfont.h" - #endif - - #ifndef _r2base - #include "r2base.h" - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus - - #ifndef _scstring - #include "scstring.hpp" - #endif - -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ -#include "HUD_layout.h" -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - #ifdef __cplusplus - class IndexedFont - { - public: - static IndexedFont* GetFont( FontIndex I_Font_ToGet ); - // can return NULL if no font loaded in that slot - - static void UnloadFont( FontIndex I_Font_ToGet ); - // there must be a font loaded in that slot - - virtual ~IndexedFont(); - - virtual void RenderString_Clipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr - ) const = 0; - // unsupported characters come out invisible, they may or may not affect - // the spacing/size depending on implementation - // the cursor pos is used for both input and output; the function returns - // the next position after the string for rendering further text - - virtual void RenderString_Unclipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr - ) const = 0; - // unsupported characters come out invisible, they may or may not affect - // the spacing/size depending on implementation - // the cursor pos is used for both input and output; the function returns - // the next position after the string for rendering further text - - // These functions are as above but for single characters: - virtual void RenderChar_Clipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const = 0; - - virtual void RenderChar_Unclipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const = 0; - - virtual r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh - ) const = 0; - // calculates how big the string would occupy as a single line - // without carriage returns etc - // unsupported characters come out invisible, they may or may not affect - // the spacing/size depending on implementation - // The SCString code assumes that for any strings pCh1, pCh2: - // - // height(pCh1) == height (pCh2) == height (pCh1+pCh2) - // width(pCh1 + pCh2) = width(pCh1) + width(pCh2) - // - // where "+" on strings used to mean concatenation - - virtual r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh, - int MaxChars - ) const = 0; - // as above, but will only use at most MaxChars characters, ignoring - // any that follow (used by the word wrap code) - - virtual r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const = 0; - // calc size of individual character - // however size of (Ch0+Ch1+...ChN) doesn't need to equal - // size(Ch0) + size(Ch1) + ... size(ChN) because the string - // sizing/display fns are allowed to add spacing pixels - // in their own ways - - virtual OurBool bCanRender( ProjChar ProjCh_In ) const = 0; - // many fonts don't support all the characters within the ProjChar - // character set; you can check with this - - virtual int GetMaxWidth(void) const = 0; - virtual int GetWidth - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const = 0; - virtual int GetHeight(void) const = 0; - - OurBool bCanRenderFully( ProjChar* pProjCh ); - // returns true iff all characters in the string are renderable by the font - - #if debug - void Render_Clipped_Report - ( - const struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr - ) const; - #endif - - protected: - // Protected constructor since abstract class - IndexedFont - ( - FontIndex I_Font_New - ); - - private: - FontIndex I_Font_Val; - - static IndexedFont* pIndexedFont[ IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS ]; - - }; - // Inline methods: - inline/*static*/ IndexedFont* IndexedFont::GetFont( FontIndex I_Font_ToGet ) - { - return pIndexedFont[ I_Font_ToGet ]; - } - - #if 0 - class IndexedFont_FixedSpace : public IndexedFont - { - public: - private: - }; - #endif - /* - KJL 17:20:10 15/04/98 - May God have mercy on my soul - fixed space HUD font - */ - class IndexedFont_HUD : public IndexedFont - { - public: - void RenderString_Clipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr - ) const; - - void RenderString_Unclipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr - ) const; - - void RenderChar_Clipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - - void RenderChar_Unclipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - - OurBool bCanRender( ProjChar ProjCh_In ) const - { - return Yes; - } - - inline int GetMaxWidth(void) const - { - return HUD_FONT_WIDTH; - } - - inline int GetWidth - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const - { - return AAFontWidths[ProjCh]; - } - - inline int GetHeight(void) const - { - // +2 for line spacing - return HUD_FONT_HEIGHT+2; - } - - r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh - ) const; - r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh, - int MaxChars - ) const; - - r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - -// protected: - IndexedFont_HUD - ( - FontIndex I_Font_New - ) : IndexedFont - ( - I_Font_New - ) - { - } - }; - inline r2size IndexedFont_HUD::CalcSize - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const - { - return r2size - ( - GetWidth( ProjCh ), - GetHeight() - ); - } - #if 1 - inline r2size IndexedFont_HUD::CalcSize - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh, - int MaxChars - ) const - { - int width=0; - for (int i=0; i<MaxChars && *pProjCh!=0; i++) - { - width+=GetWidth(*pProjCh++); - } - return r2size - ( - width, - GetHeight() - ); - } - #endif - class IndexedFont_Proportional : public IndexedFont - { - public: - void RenderString_Clipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr - ) const; - - void RenderString_Unclipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr - ) const; - - // The string CalcSize() functions are implemented at this level - // (by repeatedly calling the virtual character level CalcSize()) - r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh - ) const; - r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh, - int MaxChars - ) const; - - r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - - #if 0 - OurBool bCanRender( ProjChar ProjCh_In ) const; - #endif - - protected: - IndexedFont_Proportional - ( - FontIndex I_Font_New - ) : IndexedFont - ( - I_Font_New - ) - { - } - }; - - // Inline methods: - inline r2size IndexedFont_Proportional::CalcSize - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const - { - return r2size - ( - GetWidth( ProjCh ), - GetHeight() - ); - } - - // Created 3/4/98 by DHM: a new type of font in which every character - // has a width with respect to the character following it, so that - // e.g. "A" and "W" nuzzle together, with the top of the "W" above the - // bottom of the "A". - class IndexedFont_Kerned : public IndexedFont - { - public: - void RenderString_Clipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr - ) const; - - void RenderString_Unclipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - const SCString& SCStr - ) const; - // the RenderChar functions should not modify the cursor - // position; this is done by the RenderString functions - - // The string CalcSize() functions are implemented at this level - // For this class, it's not just done by adding together the sizes for - // the characters: - r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh - ) const; - r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh, - int MaxChars - ) const; - - r2size CalcSize - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - - - // A new pure virtual function for this class: - // Calculate the x increment after rendering a character, assuming - // a particular character is following. (First character must be - // non-null; must be able to survive having the second character be - // null, in which case the full width of the first charater is to be - // returned). - virtual int GetXInc - ( - ProjChar currentProjCh, - ProjChar nextProjCh - ) const = 0; - - virtual LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE GetImagePtr(void) const = 0; - - protected: - IndexedFont_Kerned - ( - FontIndex I_Font_New - ) : IndexedFont - ( - I_Font_New - ) - { - } - }; - - // Inline methods: - inline r2size IndexedFont_Kerned::CalcSize - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const - { - return r2size - ( - GetWidth( ProjCh ), - GetHeight() - ); - } - - // Interface to the old PFFONT system written by Roxby and loathed - // by all programmers and artists who've since worked with it... - class IndexedFont_Proportional_PF : public IndexedFont_Proportional - { - public: - void RenderChar_Clipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - - void RenderChar_Unclipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - - OurBool bCanRender( ProjChar ProjCh_In ) const; - - int GetMaxWidth(void) const; - int GetWidth - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - int GetHeight(void) const; - - static void PFLoadHook - ( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - PFFONT *pffont_New - ); - static void PFUnLoadHook - ( - FontIndex I_Font_Old - ); - - const PFFONT& GetPFFont(void) const; - - private: - IndexedFont_Proportional_PF - ( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - PFFONT *pffont_New - ); - - PFFONT *pffont_Val; - int MaxWidth_Val; - - }; - - // Inline methods: - inline const PFFONT& IndexedFont_Proportional_PF::GetPFFont(void) const - { - return *pffont_Val; - } - - // both inline and virtual... - inline OurBool IndexedFont_Proportional_PF::bCanRender( ProjChar ProjCh_In ) const - { - return pffont_Val -> bPrintable(ProjCh_In); - } - - inline int IndexedFont_Proportional_PF::GetWidth - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const - { - return pffont_Val -> GetWidth( ProjCh ); - } - inline int IndexedFont_Proportional_PF::GetHeight(void) const { return pffont_Val -> GetHeight(); } - - inline int IndexedFont_Proportional_PF::GetMaxWidth(void) const - { - return MaxWidth_Val; - } - - - - #endif // __cplusplus -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - extern void INDEXFNT_PFLoadHook - ( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - PFFONT *pffont_New - ); -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/ourbool.h b/3dc/avp/support/ourbool.h deleted file mode 100644 index a61c20d..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/ourbool.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -/* - - ourbool.h - - Exists in order to define the type OurBool; -*/ - -#ifndef _ourbool -#define _ourbool 1 - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - typedef char OurBool; - // marker for an explicitly boolean type (e.g. for a return value) - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/r2base.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/r2base.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 23da40c..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/r2base.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: r2base.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 14/11/97 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "r2base.h" -#include "inline.h" - - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - - extern int D3DDriverMode; - - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_ScreenCentre; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - /*static*/ const r2pos r2pos :: Origin = r2pos(0,0); - /*static*/ r2rect r2rect :: R2Rect_PhysicalScreen = r2rect(0,0,640,480); - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -r2pos r2pos :: FixP_Scale -( - int FixP_ScaleFactor -) const -{ - // assumes the position to be in 16:16 fixed point, - // returns the position scaled by the fixed pt factor - - return r2pos - ( - MUL_FIXED(x, FixP_ScaleFactor), - MUL_FIXED(y, FixP_ScaleFactor) - ); -} - - -// Repository for code that ought to be in D3_FUNC.CPP -#if 0 -void r2rect :: AlphaFill -( - unsigned char R, - unsigned char G, - unsigned char B, - unsigned char translucency -) const -{ - GLOBALASSERT - ( - bValidPhys() - ); - - #if 0 - float RecipW, RecipH; - - // Check for textures that have not loaded properly - LOCALASSERT(TextureHandle != (D3DTEXTUREHANDLE) 0); - - if(ImageHeaderArray[imageNumber].ImageWidth==128) - { - RecipW = 1.0 /128.0; - } - else - { - float width = (float) ImageHeaderArray[imageNumber].ImageWidth; - RecipW = (1.0 / width); - } - if(ImageHeaderArray[imageNumber].ImageHeight==128) - { - RecipH = 1.0 / 128.0; - } - else - { - float height = (float) ImageHeaderArray[imageNumber].ImageHeight; - RecipH = (1.0 / height); - } - #endif - - - /* OUTPUT quadVerticesPtr TO EXECUTE BUFFER */ - { - D3DCOLOR Colour; - - switch (D3DDriverMode) - { - case D3DSoftwareRGBDriver: - { - Colour = RGBLIGHT_MAKE(R,G,B); - break; - } - - case D3DSoftwareRampDriver: - { - Colour = RGB_MAKE(0,0,B); - break; - } - - default: - case D3DHardwareRGBDriver: - { - Colour = RGBALIGHT_MAKE(R,G,B,translucency); - break; - } - } - - #if 1 - { - D3DTLVERTEX *vertexPtr = &((LPD3DTLVERTEX)ExecuteBufferDataArea)[NumVertices]; - - /* Vertex 0 = Top left */ - vertexPtr->sx= x0; - vertexPtr->sy= y0; - vertexPtr->color = Colour; - - NumVertices++; - vertexPtr++; - - /* Vertex 1 = Top right */ - vertexPtr->sx=( x1 - 1); - vertexPtr->sy=( y0 ); - vertexPtr->color = Colour; - - NumVertices++; - vertexPtr++; - - /* Vertex 2 = Bottom right */ - vertexPtr->sx=( x1 - 1); - vertexPtr->sy=( y1 - 1); - vertexPtr->color = Colour; - - NumVertices++; - vertexPtr++; - - /* Vertex 3 = Bottom left */ - vertexPtr->sx=x0; - vertexPtr->sy=( y1 - 1); - vertexPtr->color = Colour; - - NumVertices++; - } - #else - int i = 4; - do - { - D3DTLVERTEX *vertexPtr = &((LPD3DTLVERTEX)ExecuteBufferDataArea)[NumVertices]; - -// textprint("x %d, y %d, u %d, v %d\n",quadVerticesPtr->X,quadVerticesPtr->Y,quadVerticesPtr->U,quadVerticesPtr->V); - vertexPtr->sx=quadVerticesPtr->X; - vertexPtr->sy=quadVerticesPtr->Y; - #if 0 - vertexPtr->tu = ((float)(quadVerticesPtr->U)) * RecipW; - vertexPtr->tv = ((float)(quadVerticesPtr->V)) * RecipH; - #endif - - vertexPtr->color = Colour; - } - quadVerticesPtr++; - NumVertices++; - } - while(--i); - #endif - } - - // set correct texture handle - if (0 != CurrTextureHandle) - { - OP_STATE_RENDER(1, ExecBufInstPtr); - STATE_DATA(D3DRENDERSTATE_TEXTUREHANDLE, 0, ExecBufInstPtr); - CurrTextureHandle = 0; - } - - /* output triangles to execute buffer */ - OP_TRIANGLE_LIST(2, ExecBufInstPtr); - OUTPUT_TRIANGLE(0,1,3, 4); - OUTPUT_TRIANGLE(1,2,3, 4); - - /* check to see if buffer is getting full */ - if (NumVertices > (MaxD3DVertices-12)) - { - WriteEndCodeToExecuteBuffer(); - UnlockExecuteBufferAndPrepareForUse(); - ExecuteBuffer(); - LockExecuteBuffer(); - } -} -#endif - -r2pos operator+ ( const r2pos& R2Pos_1, const r2pos& R2Pos_2 ) -{ - return r2pos - ( - R2Pos_1 . x + R2Pos_2 . x, - R2Pos_1 . y + R2Pos_2 . y - ); -} - - -extern void R2BASE_ScreenModeChange_Setup(void) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - } - - /* CODE */ - { - } -} - -extern "C" extern SCREENDESCRIPTORBLOCK ScreenDescriptorBlock; - -extern void R2BASE_ScreenModeChange_Cleanup(void) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - } - - /* CODE */ - { - - r2rect :: R2Rect_PhysicalScreen .x1 = ScreenDescriptorBlock.SDB_Width; - r2rect :: R2Rect_PhysicalScreen .y1 = ScreenDescriptorBlock.SDB_Height; - } -} - - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/r2base.h b/3dc/avp/support/r2base.h deleted file mode 100644 index 64daed9..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/r2base.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,638 +0,0 @@ -/* - - r2base.h - - Created 13/11/97 by David Malcolm - - "R2" is a proposed 2d-rendering interface; this - is the base header for it - -*/ - -#ifndef _r2base -#define _r2base 1 - -//#ifdef __cplusplus - //extern "C" { -//#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - #define UseTemplates No - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - struct r2pos - { - int x; - int y; - - #ifdef __cplusplus - static const r2pos Origin; - // always (0,0) - - // Construction - r2pos() : x(0), y(0) - { - // empty - } - r2pos(int x_new,int y_new) : x(x_new), y(y_new) - { - // empty - } - - #if 0 - friend bool operator==(const r2pos& R2Pos_1, const r2pos& R2Pos_2); - #endif - - int bIsOrigin(void) const; - - friend r2pos operator+ ( const r2pos& R2Pos_1, const r2pos& R2Pos_2 ); - void operator+= ( const r2pos& R2Pos ); - // standard vector arithmetic - - r2pos FixP_Scale - ( - int FixP_ScaleFactor - ) const; - // assumes the position to be in 16:16 fixed point, - // returns the position scaled by the fixed pt factor - - int ApproxMagnitude(void) const; - // assumes the position to be in 16:16 fixed point - - #endif // __cplusplus - }; // suggested naming convention: "R2Pos" - - #ifdef __cplusplus - // Inline methods: - inline int r2pos::bIsOrigin(void) const - { - if (x==0) - { - if (y==0) - { - return Yes; - } - } - return No; - } - - inline void r2pos::operator+= - ( - const r2pos& R2Pos - ) - { - x += R2Pos . x; - y += R2Pos . y; - } - - inline int r2pos::ApproxMagnitude(void) const - { - // assumes the position to be in 16:16 fixed point - // based around the Foley+vanDam 2d distance function - int xAbs = (x>0) ? x : -x; - int yAbs = (y>0) ? y : -y; - - int xyMax = (xAbs > yAbs) ? xAbs : yAbs; - - return (xAbs + yAbs + (xyMax * 2)); - } - #endif /* __cplusplus */ - - - #if UseTemplates - #ifdef __cplusplus - // C++ implementation: - // r2size defined from a template - template <class ValType> struct size2d - { - ValType w; - ValType h; - - // Construction: - size2d() : w(0), h(0) - { - // empty - } - - size2d(ValType w_new,ValType h_new) : w(w_new), h(h_new) - { - // empty - } - - // Method declarations: - int bHasArea(void); - // Does this size have non-zero area?: - - void VCompose(const size2d& Size2D_Other ); - void HCompose(const size2d& Size2D_Other ); - // update size to the size necessary for composing - // this and another size either vertically or horizontally - - - // Inline methods: - int bHasArea(void) - { - // Does this size have non-zero area?: - if (w<=0) - { - return No; - } - if (h<=0) - { - return No; - } - return Yes; - } - void VCompose(const size2d& Size2D_Other ) - { - // sum of heights; greater of widths - - h += Size2D_Other . h; - - if (w < Size2D_Other . w) - { - w = Size2D_Other . w; - } - } - void HCompose(const size2d& Size2D_Other ) - { - // sum of widths; greater of heights - w += Size2D_Other . w; - - if (h < Size2D_Other . h) - { - h = Size2D_Other . h; - } - } - - }; // Suggested naming convention: "Size2D" - - typedef size2d<int> r2size; // suggested naming convention: "R2Size" - #else - /* C implementation: r2size defined as a simple struct: */ - - struct r2size - { - int w; - int h; - }; /* suggested naming convention: "R2Size" */ - - #endif // __cplusplus - #else // UseTemplates - struct r2size - { - int w; - int h; - - #ifdef __cplusplus - // Construction: - r2size() : w(0), h(0) - { - // empty - } - - r2size(int w_new,int h_new) : w(w_new), h(h_new) - { - // empty - } - - // Method declarations: - int bHasArea(void); - // Does this size have non-zero area?: - - void VCompose(const r2size& R2Size_Other ); - void HCompose(const r2size& R2Size_Other ); - // update size to the size necessary for composing - // this and another size either vertically or horizontally - - #endif // __cplusplus - - }; // Suggested naming convention: "Size2D" - - #ifdef __cplusplus - // Inline methods: - inline int r2size::bHasArea(void) - { - // Does this size have non-zero area?: - if (w<=0) - { - return No; - } - if (h<=0) - { - return No; - } - return Yes; - } - inline void r2size::VCompose(const r2size& R2Size_Other ) - { - // sum of heights; greater of widths - - h += R2Size_Other . h; - - if (w < R2Size_Other . w) - { - w = R2Size_Other . w; - } - } - inline void r2size::HCompose(const r2size& R2Size_Other ) - { - // sum of widths; greater of heights - w += R2Size_Other . w; - - if (h < R2Size_Other . h) - { - h = R2Size_Other . h; - } - } - #endif /* __cplusplus */ - - #endif // UseTemplates - - struct r2rect - { - int x0; - int y0; - int x1; - int y1; - - // Rectangle defined in the "Windows" fashion - // i.e. first coord is top-left of rectangle and inside it - // second coord is bottom-right of rectange and immediately - // outside it. If the second coord is co-incident with the first - // or to the left or above, then the rectangle has zero area; no - // points are within it - - #ifdef __cplusplus - // Friends: - friend void R2BASE_ScreenModeChange_Cleanup(void); - // allowed to update the internal record of the dimensions of the physical screen - - // Construction: - r2rect(int x0_new,int y0_new,int x1_new,int y1_new) : - x0(x0_new), - y0(y0_new), - x1(x1_new), - y1(y1_new) - { - // empty - } - - r2rect(int x0_new,int y0_new, r2size R2Size) : - x0(x0_new), - y0(y0_new), - x1(x0_new + R2Size . w), - y1(y0_new + R2Size . h) - { - // empty - } - - r2rect(struct r2pos R2Pos, r2size R2Size) : - x0(R2Pos . x), - y0(R2Pos . y), - x1(R2Pos . x + R2Size . w), - y1(R2Pos . y + R2Size . h) - { - // empty - } - - r2rect(struct r2pos R2Pos, int W,int H) : - x0(R2Pos . x), - y0(R2Pos . y), - x1(R2Pos . x + W), - y1(R2Pos . y + H) - { - // empty - } - - // Method declarations: - int bHasArea(void) const; - struct r2pos GetPos(void) const; - r2size GetSize(void) const; - int Width(void) const; - int Height(void) const; - void SetWidth(int w_New); - void SetHeight(int h_New); - int bWithin( const struct r2pos& R2Pos ) const; - // is point inside this rect - - int bFitsIn( const struct r2rect& R2Rect ) const; - // is this rect fully inside ? - - int bOverlap( const struct r2rect& R2Rect_ToTest ) const; - void Clip( struct r2rect& R2Rect_ToClip ) const; - void Clip(const struct r2rect& R2Rect_In, struct r2rect& R2Rect_Out ) const; - static const r2rect& PhysicalScreen(void); - // for read-only access to the dimensions of the physical screen - - int bValidPhys(void) const; - // is this a valid rect within the physical screen? - // useful for asserting in a rendering routine - - // Access to 9 "interesting" positions in the rectangle: - // top-left, top-middle, etc... - r2pos Hotspot_TL(void) const; - r2pos Hotspot_TM(void) const; - r2pos Hotspot_TR(void) const; - r2pos Hotspot_ML(void) const; - r2pos Hotspot_MM(void) const; - r2pos Hotspot_MR(void) const; - r2pos Hotspot_BL(void) const; - r2pos Hotspot_BM(void) const; - r2pos Hotspot_BR(void) const; - - r2pos Centre(void) const { return Hotspot_MM(); } - - r2pos CentredWithSize_TL( r2size R2Size_In ) const; - // finds location for top left of a rect with the given size so that - // it gets centred on this rect - - // Rendering: - void AlphaFill - ( - unsigned char R, - unsigned char G, - unsigned char B, - unsigned char translucency - ) const; - - - private: - static r2rect R2Rect_PhysicalScreen; - - #endif // __cplusplus - }; // suggested naming convention: "R2Rect" - - #ifdef __cplusplus - // Inline methods: - inline int r2rect::bHasArea(void) const - { - if (x1<=x0) - { - return No; - } - if (y1<=y0) - { - return No; - } - return Yes; - } - inline struct r2pos r2rect::GetPos(void) const - { - return r2pos(x0,y0); - } - inline r2size r2rect::GetSize(void) const - { - return r2size(x1-x0,y1-y0); - } - inline int r2rect::Width(void) const - { - return x1-x0; - } - inline int r2rect::Height(void) const - { - return y1-y0; - } - inline void r2rect::SetWidth(int w_New) - { - x1 = x0 + w_New; - } - inline void r2rect::SetHeight(int h_New) - { - y1 = y0 + h_New; - } - inline int r2rect::bWithin( const struct r2pos& R2Pos ) const - { - if - ( - R2Pos . x < x0 - ) - { - return No; - } - if - ( - R2Pos . y < y0 - ) - { - return No; - } - if - ( - R2Pos . x >= x1 - ) - { - return No; - } - if - ( - R2Pos . y >= y1 - ) - { - return No; - } - return Yes; - } - inline int r2rect::bFitsIn( const struct r2rect& R2Rect ) const - { - if ( x0 < R2Rect . x0) - { - return No; - } - if ( y0 < R2Rect . y0) - { - return No; - } - if ( x1 > R2Rect . x1) - { - return No; - } - if ( y1 > R2Rect . y1) - { - return No; - } - return Yes; - } - inline int r2rect::bOverlap( const struct r2rect& R2Rect_ToTest ) const - { - if ( x0 >= R2Rect_ToTest . x1 ) - { - return No; - } - if ( y0 >= R2Rect_ToTest . y1 ) - { - return No; - } - if ( x1 <= R2Rect_ToTest . x0 ) - { - return No; - } - if ( y1 <= R2Rect_ToTest . y0 ) - { - return No; - } - return Yes; - } - inline void r2rect::Clip( struct r2rect& R2Rect_ToClip ) const - { - if ( R2Rect_ToClip . x0 < x0) - { - R2Rect_ToClip . x0 = x0; - } - if ( R2Rect_ToClip . y0 < y0) - { - R2Rect_ToClip . y0 = y0; - } - if ( R2Rect_ToClip . x1 >= x1) - { - R2Rect_ToClip . x1 = x1; - } - if ( R2Rect_ToClip . y1 >= y1) - { - R2Rect_ToClip . y1 = y1; - } - } - #if 0 - inline void r2rect::Clip(const struct r2rect& R2Rect_In, struct r2rect& R2Rect_Out ) - { - R2Rect_Out . x0 = - } - #endif - inline /*static*/ const r2rect& r2rect::PhysicalScreen(void) - { - return R2Rect_PhysicalScreen; - } - inline int r2rect::bValidPhys(void) const - { - // is this a valid rect within the physical screen? - // useful for asserting in a rendering routine - if ( x0 < 0 ) - { - return No; - } - if ( y0 < 0 ) - { - return No; - } - if ( x1 > R2Rect_PhysicalScreen . x1 ) - { - return No; - } - if ( y1 > R2Rect_PhysicalScreen . y1 ) - { - return No; - } - // Check for well-formedness: - if ( x0 > x1 ) - { - return No; - } - if ( y0 > y1 ) - { - return No; - } - - return Yes; - } - inline r2pos r2rect::Hotspot_TL(void) const - { - return r2pos - ( - x0, - y0 - ); - } - inline r2pos r2rect::Hotspot_TM(void) const - { - return r2pos - ( - (x0+x1)/2, - y0 - ); - } - inline r2pos r2rect::Hotspot_TR(void) const - { - return r2pos - ( - (x1-1), - y0 - ); - } - inline r2pos r2rect::Hotspot_ML(void) const - { - return r2pos - ( - x0, - (y0+y1)/2 - ); - } - inline r2pos r2rect::Hotspot_MM(void) const - { - return r2pos - ( - (x0+x1)/2, - (y0+y1)/2 - ); - } - inline r2pos r2rect::Hotspot_MR(void) const - { - return r2pos - ( - (x1-1), - (y0+y1)/2 - ); - } - inline r2pos r2rect::Hotspot_BL(void) const - { - return r2pos - ( - x0, - (y1-1) - ); - } - inline r2pos r2rect::Hotspot_BM(void) const - { - return r2pos - ( - (x0+x1)/2, - (y1-1) - ); - } - inline r2pos r2rect::Hotspot_BR(void) const - { - return r2pos - ( - (x1-1), - (y1-1) - ); - } - - inline r2pos r2rect::CentredWithSize_TL( r2size R2Size_In ) const - { - return r2pos - ( - x0+((Width() - R2Size_In . w)/2), - y0+((Height() - R2Size_In . h)/2) - ); - } - #endif /* __cplusplus */ - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - extern void R2BASE_ScreenModeChange_Setup(void); - extern void R2BASE_ScreenModeChange_Cleanup(void); - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -//#ifdef __cplusplus -// }; -//#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/r2pos666.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/r2pos666.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 3135a8f..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/r2pos666.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: r2pos666.cpp - Daemonic r2 positions - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 1/12/97 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "r2pos666.hpp" -#include "inline.h" - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_ScreenCentre; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -// class R2PosDaemon : public Daemon -// public: -R2PosDaemon :: R2PosDaemon -( - r2pos R2Pos_Int_Initial, - OurBool bActive -) : Daemon( bActive ), - R2Pos_Int_Current( R2Pos_Int_Initial ), - R2Pos_FixP_Current - ( - OUR_INT_TO_FIXED( R2Pos_Int_Initial . x ), - OUR_INT_TO_FIXED( R2Pos_Int_Initial . y ) - ) -{ - -} - -void R2PosDaemon :: SetPos_Int(const r2pos R2Pos_Int_New ) -{ - R2Pos_Int_Current = R2Pos_Int_New; - R2Pos_FixP_Current = r2pos - ( - OUR_INT_TO_FIXED( R2Pos_Int_Current . x ), - OUR_INT_TO_FIXED( R2Pos_Int_Current . y ) - ); -} - -void R2PosDaemon :: SetPos_FixP(const r2pos R2Pos_FixP_New ) -{ - R2Pos_FixP_Current = R2Pos_FixP_New; - R2Pos_Int_Current = r2pos - ( - OUR_FIXED_TO_INT( R2Pos_FixP_Current . x ), - OUR_FIXED_TO_INT( R2Pos_FixP_Current . y ) - ); -} - -// Activity remains pure virtual... - - -// private: -#if 0 -r2pos R2Pos_Int_Current; -r2pos R2Pos_FixP_Current; -#endif - - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/r2pos666.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/r2pos666.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index a9adcdd..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/r2pos666.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -/* - - r2pos666.hpp - -*/ - -#ifndef _r2pos666 -#define _r2pos666 1 - - #ifndef _r2base - #include "r2base.h" - #endif - - #ifndef _daemon - #include "daemon.h" - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - class R2PosDaemon : public Daemon - { - public: - R2PosDaemon - ( - r2pos R2Pos_Int_Initial, - OurBool bActive - ); - - ~R2PosDaemon() - { - // empty - } - - r2pos GetPos_Int(void) const; - r2pos GetPos_FixP(void) const; - - void SetPos_Int(const r2pos R2Pos_Int_New ); - void SetPos_FixP(const r2pos R2Pos_FixP_New ); - - // Activity remains pure virtual... - - private: - r2pos R2Pos_Int_Current; - r2pos R2Pos_FixP_Current; - - }; - // Inline methods: - inline r2pos R2PosDaemon::GetPos_Int(void) const - { - return R2Pos_Int_Current; - } - inline r2pos R2PosDaemon::GetPos_FixP(void) const - { - return R2Pos_FixP_Current; - } - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/rebitems.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/rebitems.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 0027a9a..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/rebitems.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,870 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: rebitems.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 9/3/98 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" - - #include "rebitems.hpp" - - #if UseRebMenus - #include "strtab.hpp" - #include "indexfnt.hpp" - - #include "module.h" - // to include stratdef.h - - #include "stratdef.h" - // to include usr_io.h - - #include "usr_io.h" - - #include "db.h" - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - - #endif - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_ScreenCentre; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ -#if UseRebMenus -// static -const FontIndex RebMenus :: Fonts :: LabelFont_InGame = DATABASE_MESSAGE_FONT; -// static -const FontIndex RebMenus :: Fonts :: LabelFont_OutOfGame_Selected = IntroFont_Light; -const FontIndex RebMenus :: Fonts :: LabelFont_OutOfGame_Unselected = IntroFont_Dark; -#endif - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -#if UseRebMenus -// Derived classes for the item types: -//class Item_Unimplemented : public Item -// public: -// Process various keypresses: -OurBool -RebMenus :: Item_Unimplemented :: Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ) -{ - // return = was message processed - switch ( aNavOp ) - { - case NavOp_Trigger: - textprint("this is an unimplemented item\n"); - return Yes; - - case NavOp_Up: - case NavOp_Down: - case NavOp_Left: - case NavOp_Right: - case NavOp_Home: - case NavOp_End: - case NavOp_Cancel: - // No way of processing - return No; - - default: - GLOBALASSERT(0); - } - return No; -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Unimplemented :: Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const -{ - textprint("Unimplemented:"); - - DiagnosticAppearance(bSelected); -} - -// Methods relating to rendering: -void -RebMenus :: Item_Unimplemented :: Render -( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected -) const -{ - RenderAppearance - ( - theContext, - bSelected - ); -} - -RebMenus :: SizeInfo -RebMenus :: Item_Unimplemented :: GetSizeInfo(void) const -{ - return AppearanceSizeInfo(); -} -// public: -// Process various keypresses: -OurBool -RebMenus :: Item_Command :: Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ) -{ - // return = was message processed - switch ( aNavOp ) - { - case NavOp_Trigger: - return pCommand_Val -> Execute(); - - case NavOp_Up: - case NavOp_Down: - case NavOp_Left: - case NavOp_Right: - case NavOp_Home: - case NavOp_End: - case NavOp_Cancel: - // No way of processing - return No; - - default: - GLOBALASSERT(0); - } - return No; -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Command :: Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const -{ - textprint("Item_Command:"); - - DiagnosticAppearance(bSelected); -} -// contains a command; can contain a "goto menu page" command - -// Methods relating to rendering: -void -RebMenus :: Item_Command :: Render -( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected -) const -{ - RenderAppearance - ( - theContext, - bSelected - ); -} - -RebMenus :: SizeInfo -RebMenus :: Item_Command :: GetSizeInfo(void) const -{ - return AppearanceSizeInfo(); -} - - -// class Item_Selection : public Item -// public: -#if 1 -// Process various keypresses: -OurBool -RebMenus :: Item_Selection :: Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ) -{ - // return = was message processed - switch ( aNavOp ) - { - case NavOp_Up: - if ( theDir == D_Vert ) - { - Dec(); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - - case NavOp_Down: - if ( theDir == D_Vert ) - { - Inc(); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - - case NavOp_Left: - if ( theDir == D_Horiz ) - { - Dec(); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - - case NavOp_Right: - if ( theDir == D_Horiz ) - { - Inc(); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - case NavOp_Home: - Min(); - return Yes; - - case NavOp_End: - Max(); - return Yes; - - case NavOp_Trigger: - Inc(); - return Yes; - - case NavOp_Cancel: - // No way of processing - return No; - - default: - GLOBALASSERT(0); - } - return No; -} -#endif - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Selection :: Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const -{ - textprint("Item_Selection: "); - - #if 1 - DiagnosticAppearance(bSelected); - #endif - -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Selection :: Min(void) -{ - textprint("Min\n"); - - pSelectionVar_Val -> Set - ( - pSelectionVar_Val -> GetMin() - ); -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Selection :: Max(void) -{ - textprint("Max\n"); - - pSelectionVar_Val -> Set - ( - pSelectionVar_Val -> GetMax() - ); -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Selection :: Inc(void) -{ - textprint("Inc\n"); - - pSelectionVar_Val -> Set - ( - pSelectionVar_Val -> GetNxt() - ); - -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Selection :: Dec(void) -{ - textprint("Dec\n"); - - pSelectionVar_Val -> Set - ( - pSelectionVar_Val -> GetPrv() - ); -} - -// Methods relating to rendering: -void -RebMenus :: Item_Selection :: Render -( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected -) const -{ - RenderAppearance - ( - theContext, - bSelected - ); - - RenderContext valueContext = theContext . NextColumn(); - - pSelectionVar_Val -> GetAppearance( bSelected ) . Render - ( - valueContext, - bSelected - ); -} - -RebMenus :: SizeInfo -RebMenus :: Item_Selection :: GetSizeInfo(void) const -{ - return AppearanceSizeInfo(); -} - - -// class Item_Slider : public Item -// public: -// Process various keypresses: -OurBool -RebMenus :: Item_Slider :: Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ) -{ - // return = was message processed - switch ( aNavOp ) - { - case NavOp_Up: - if ( theDir == D_Vert ) - { - Inc(); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - - case NavOp_Down: - if ( theDir == D_Vert ) - { - Dec(); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - - case NavOp_Left: - if ( theDir == D_Horiz ) - { - Dec(); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - - case NavOp_Right: - if ( theDir == D_Horiz ) - { - Inc(); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - case NavOp_Home: - SetToMax(); - return Yes; - - case NavOp_End: - SetToMin(); - return Yes; - - case NavOp_Trigger: - Inc(); - return Yes; - - case NavOp_Cancel: - // No way of processing - return No; - - default: - GLOBALASSERT(0); - } - return No; -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Slider :: Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const -{ - textprint("Item_Slider:"); - - #if 1 - DiagnosticAppearance(bSelected); - #endif -} - -// Handy ways to process discrete movements of the slider -void -RebMenus :: Item_Slider :: SetToMin(void) -{ - textprint("SetToMin\n"); - - pBoundedExpVar_Val -> Set - ( - pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMin() - ); -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Slider :: SetToMax(void) -{ - textprint("SetToMax\n"); - - pBoundedExpVar_Val -> Set - ( - pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMax() - ); -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Slider :: Inc(void) -{ - textprint("Inc\n"); - - // The Set() method silently rejects attempt to set outside range - // For this reason, if close to the bounding value, - // set direct to bounding value - - int NewVal = pBoundedExpVar_Val -> Get() + GetFraction(); - - int Bound = pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMax(); - - pBoundedExpVar_Val -> Set - ( - (NewVal < Bound) ? NewVal : Bound - ); -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Slider :: Dec(void) -{ - textprint("Dec\n"); - - // Analogous to the Inc() method above - - int NewVal = pBoundedExpVar_Val -> Get() - GetFraction(); - - int Bound = pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMin(); - - pBoundedExpVar_Val -> Set - ( - (NewVal > Bound) ? NewVal : Bound - ); -} - -// Methods relating to rendering: -void -RebMenus :: Item_Slider :: Render -( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected -) const -{ - RenderAppearance - ( - theContext, - bSelected - ); - - RenderContext sliderContext = theContext . NextColumn(); - - float floatPos = - ( - float( GetVal() - GetMin() ) - / - float( GetRange() ) - ); - - RenderSlider - ( - sliderContext, - bSelected, - floatPos - ); - - #if 0 - textprintXY - ( - sliderContext . Pos() . x, - sliderContext . Pos() . y, - " [%i,%i] range(%i) val(%i)", - GetMin(), - GetMax(), - GetRange(), - GetVal() - - ); - #endif -} - -RebMenus :: SizeInfo -RebMenus :: Item_Slider :: GetSizeInfo(void) const -{ - return AppearanceSizeInfo() . AddColumn - ( - SizeInfo - ( - Bitmap :: GetSize("Graphics\\NewMenus\\SliderBar.rim"), - 0 - ) - ); -} - -// private: -// static -void -RebMenus :: Item_Slider :: RenderSlider -( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected, - float floatAmount -) -{ - #if 1 - Bitmap :: Blit_Transparent - ( - ( - bSelected - ? - "Graphics\\NewMenus\\SliderBar.rim" // const char* const pCh_Name, - : - "Graphics\\NewMenus\\SliderBarDark.rim" // const char* const pCh_Name, - ), - theContext . ClipRect(), - theContext . Pos() - ); - Bitmap :: Blit_Transparent - ( - ( - bSelected - ? - "Graphics\\NewMenus\\Slider.rim" // const char* const pCh_Name, - : - "Graphics\\NewMenus\\SliderDark.rim" // const char* const pCh_Name, - ), - theContext . ClipRect(), - r2pos - ( - ( - theContext . Pos() . x + 3 + - ( - int(200.0f * floatAmount) - ) - ), - ( - theContext . Pos() . y + 4 - ) - ) - ); - #else - textprintXY - ( - theContext . Pos() . x, - theContext . Pos() . y, - "[---------------]" - ); - - const int TotalWidth = (16*CharWidth); - int Offset = - ( - int(float(TotalWidth) * floatAmount) - ); - - textprintXY - ( - theContext . Pos() . x + Offset, - theContext . Pos() . y, - "|" - ); - #endif -} - - -// class Item_Toggle : public Item -// public: -// Process various keypresses: -OurBool -RebMenus :: Item_Toggle :: Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ) -{ - // return = was message processed - switch ( aNavOp ) - { - case NavOp_Up: - case NavOp_Down: - if ( theDir == D_Vert ) - { - Toggle(); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - case NavOp_Left: - case NavOp_Right: - if ( theDir == D_Horiz ) - { - Toggle(); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - case NavOp_Trigger: - Toggle(); - return Yes; - - case NavOp_Home: - TurnOn(); - return Yes; - - case NavOp_End: - TurnOff(); - return Yes; - - case NavOp_Cancel: - // No way of processing - return No; - - default: - GLOBALASSERT(0); - } - return No; -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Toggle :: Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const -{ - textprint("Item_Toggle:"); - - DiagnosticAppearance(bSelected); - - theOnOffApp_Val . GetAppearance - ( - pExpVar_Val -> Get() - ) . Diagnostic(); -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Toggle :: Toggle(void) -{ - OurBool bCurrent = pExpVar_Val -> Get(); - pExpVar_Val -> Set - ( - !bCurrent - ); -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Toggle :: TurnOn(void) -{ - pExpVar_Val -> Set(Yes); -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Toggle :: TurnOff(void) -{ - pExpVar_Val -> Set(No); -} - -// Methods relating to rendering: -void -RebMenus :: Item_Toggle :: Render -( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected -) const -{ - RenderAppearance - ( - theContext, - bSelected - ); - - - RenderContext valueContext = theContext . NextColumn(); - - theOnOffApp_Val .GetAppearance - ( - pExpVar_Val -> Get() - ) . Render - ( - valueContext, - bSelected - ); -} - -RebMenus :: SizeInfo -RebMenus :: Item_Toggle :: GetSizeInfo(void) const -{ - return AppearanceSizeInfo() . AddColumn - ( - theOnOffApp_Val . GetSizeInfo() - ); -} - -#if 0 -// class Item_Table : public Item -// public: -RebMenus :: Item_Table :: Item_Table -( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_New -) : Item(theOnOffApp_New), - NumX(0), - NumY(0), - SelectedX(0), - SelectedY(0) -{ -} - -// Process various keypresses: -OurBool -RebMenus :: Item_Table :: Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ) -{ - // return = was message processed - return No; -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Table :: Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const -{ -} - -Item* -RebMenus :: Item_Table :: GetSelected(void) const -{ - // will return NULL iff there are no items in the composition - if (NumX == 0) - { - GLOBALASSERT(NumY==0); - return NULL; - } - - GLOBALASSERT( NumY > 0 ); - - GLOBALASSERT( NumX < MAX_X ); - GLOBALASSERT( NumY < MAX_Y ); - - GLOBALASSERT( SelectedX >= 0 ); - GLOBALASSERT( SelectedY >= 0 ); - - GLOBALASSERT( SelectedX < NumX ); - GLOBALASSERT( SelectedY < NumY ); - - Item* pItem = pItem_A[SelectedX][SelectedY]; - - GLOBALASSERT( pItem ); - - return pItem; -} - -// private: -void -RebMenus :: Item_Table :: AddRow -( - Item** ppItem_ToAdd -) -{ - // takes a NULL-terminated list of Item*s - - GLOBALASSERT(NumY < (MAX_Y-1) ); - // can't get any bigger - - int Pos_I = 0; - - while ( *ppItem_ToAdd ) - { - GLOBALASSERT( Pos_I < MAX_X ); - - pItem_A - [ - Pos_I++ - ] - [ - NumY - ] - = - ( - *(ppItem_ToAdd++) - ); - } - - if (NumX < Pos_I) - { - } - - NumY++; - -} - -void -RebMenus :: Item_Table :: AddColumn -( - Item** ppItem_ToAdd -) -{ - // takes a NULL-terminated list of Item*s -} - -#if 0 -// List of selectables: -enum {MAX_X = 10}; -enum {MAX_Y = 20}; -#endif - -#endif - -#endif - // UseRebMenus - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/rebitems.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/rebitems.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index 37ec9b2..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/rebitems.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,358 +0,0 @@ -/* - - rebitems.hpp - - Derived classes for the item types; all except CompositeItem go in this - file. -*/ - -#ifndef _rebitems_hpp -#define _rebitems_hpp 1 - - #if ( defined( __WATCOMC__ ) || defined( _MSC_VER ) ) - #pragma once - #endif - - #ifndef _rebmenus_hpp - #include "rebmenus.hpp" - #endif - - #if UseRebMenus - #ifndef _included_pcmenus_h_ - #include "pcmenus.h" - // for enum KeyConfigItems - #endif - - #ifndef _scstring - #include "scstring.hpp" - #endif - #endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ -#if UseRebMenus -// Derived classes for the item types: -namespace RebMenus -{ - class Item_Unimplemented : public Item - { - public: - Item_Unimplemented - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp - ) : Item - ( - theOnOffApp - ) - { - } - - // Process various keypresses: - OurBool Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ); - // return = was message processed - - void Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const; - - // Methods relating to rendering: - void Render - ( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected - ) const; - - SizeInfo GetSizeInfo(void) const; - - }; - - class Item_Command : public Item - { - public: - Item_Command - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - Command* pCommand - ) : Item - ( - theOnOffApp - ), - pCommand_Val(pCommand) - { - pCommand_Val -> R_AddRef(); - } - - ~Item_Command() - { - pCommand_Val -> R_Release(); - } - - // Process various keypresses: - OurBool Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ); - // return = was message processed - - void Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const; - - // Methods relating to rendering: - void Render - ( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected - ) const; - - SizeInfo GetSizeInfo(void) const; - - private: - Command *const pCommand_Val; - }; - // contains a command; can contain a "goto menu page" command - - class Item_Selection : public Item - { - public: - Item_Selection - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - enum Direction initDir, - SelectionVariable* pSelectionVar - ) : Item - ( - theOnOffApp - ), - theDir(initDir), - pSelectionVar_Val(pSelectionVar) - { - } - - // Process various keypresses: - OurBool Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ); - // return = was message processed - - void Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const; - - void Min(void); - void Max(void); - void Inc(void); - void Dec(void); - - // Methods relating to rendering: - void Render - ( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected - ) const; - - SizeInfo GetSizeInfo(void) const; - - private: - // Direction: - const enum Direction theDir; - SelectionVariable* const pSelectionVar_Val; - - }; - - class Item_Slider : public Item - { - public: - Item_Slider - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - enum Direction initDir, - BoundedExportVariable<int>* pBoundedExpVar - // takes responsibility for deallocating this - ) : Item - ( - theOnOffApp - ), - theDir(initDir), - pBoundedExpVar_Val(pBoundedExpVar) - { - } - - // Process various keypresses: - OurBool Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ); - // return = was message processed - - void Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const; - - // Handy ways to process discrete movements of the slider - void SetToMin(void); - void SetToMax(void); - void Inc(void); - void Dec(void); - - // Handy ways to values of the slider: - int GetMin(void) const - { - return pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMin(); - } - int GetMax(void) const - { - return pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMax(); - } - int GetRange(void) const - { - return ( GetMax() - GetMin() ); - } - int GetVal(void) const - { - return pBoundedExpVar_Val -> Get(); - } - - // Methods relating to rendering: - void Render - ( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected - ) const; - - SizeInfo GetSizeInfo(void) const; - - private: - static void RenderSlider - ( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected, - float floatPos - ); - - int GetFraction(void) const - { - // returns a fractional amout good for a small increment/decrement - - int Amt = (GetRange() / 32); - - return ( (Amt>1) ? Amt : 1); - // ensure amount is at least 1 - } - - private: - // Direction: - const enum Direction theDir; - BoundedExportVariable<int>* const pBoundedExpVar_Val; - - }; - - class Item_Toggle : public Item - { - public: - Item_Toggle - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_Label, - - enum Direction initDir, - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_Choice, - ExportVariable<OurBool>* pExpVar - // takes responsibility for deallocating this - ) : Item - ( - theOnOffApp_Label - ), - theDir(initDir), - theOnOffApp_Val(theOnOffApp_Choice), - pExpVar_Val(pExpVar) - { - } - - // Process various keypresses: - OurBool Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ); - // return = was message processed - - void Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const; - - void Toggle(void); - void TurnOn(void); - void TurnOff(void); - - // Methods relating to rendering: - void Render - ( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected - ) const; - - SizeInfo GetSizeInfo(void) const; - - private: - // Direction: - const enum Direction theDir; - - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_Val; - - ExportVariable<OurBool>* pExpVar_Val; - }; - - #if 0 - // A 2d analogue of the composite item: - class Item_Table : public Item - { - public: - Item_Table - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_New - ); - - // Process various keypresses: - OurBool Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ); - // return = was message processed - - void Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const; - - Item* GetSelected(void) const; - // will return NULL iff there are no items in the composition - - private: - #if 1 - void AddControlConfigRow(); - #else - void AddRow - ( - Item** ppItem_ToAdd - ); - // takes a NULL-terminated list of Item*s - - void AddColumn - ( - Item** ppItem_ToAdd - ); - // takes a NULL-terminated list of Item*s - #endif - - // List of selectables: - enum {MAX_X = 10}; - enum {MAX_Y = 20}; - - int NumX; - int NumY; - Item* pItem_A[ MAX_X ][ MAX_Y ]; - - int SelectedX; - int SelectedY; - - }; - #endif - - - #if 0 - // Decorator contains another item, and passes on calls to it ?? - class Item_Decorator_VScroll : public Item - { - public: - private: - }; - #endif - -}; -#endif // UseRebMenus - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/rebmenus.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/rebmenus.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 4581a82..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/rebmenus.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1722 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: rebmenus.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 9/3/98 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" - - #include "rebmenus.hpp" - - #if UseRebMenus - #include "rebitems.hpp" - #include "strtab.hpp" - #include "indexfnt.hpp" - - #include "awTexLd.h" - #include "alt_tab.h" - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - #endif // UseRebMenus - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#if UseRebMenus - #ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { - #endif - - extern LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSBack; - - #ifdef __cplusplus - }; - #endif -#endif // UseRebMenus - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ -#if UseRebMenus -#if OverrideOldMenus -// private: -// static -OurBool RebMenus :: InGame :: bInTheGame_Val = No; - -// static - -// enum RebMenus :: MenuLoop :: ExitReason -// enum ExitReason -RebMenus :: MenuLoop :: ExitReason -RebMenus :: MenuLoop :: theExitReason_Val = ExitReason_None; -#endif - // OverrideOldMenus -#endif - // UseRebMenus - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -#if UseRebMenus -// namespace RebMenus -// class Command_JumpToPage : public Command -// public: -OurBool -RebMenus :: Command_JumpToPage :: Execute(void) -{ - Page :: SelectPage(thePage_Val); - - return Yes; -} - - -// class Command_ReturnFromPage : public Command -// public: -OurBool -RebMenus :: Command_ReturnFromPage :: Execute(void) -{ - Page :: TryToReturn(); - - return Yes; -} - -RebMenus :: SizeInfo -RebMenus :: SizeInfo :: Overlay -( - SizeInfo other -) -{ - int minW_Max = - ( - (minR2Size_Val . w > other . minR2Size_Val . w) - ? - minR2Size_Val . w - : - other . minR2Size_Val . w - ); - int minH_Max = - ( - (minR2Size_Val . h > other . minR2Size_Val . h) - ? - minR2Size_Val . h - : - other . minR2Size_Val . h - ); - int maxColumn_minW = - ( - (Column0_minW_Val > other . Column0_minW_Val) - ? - Column0_minW_Val - : - other . Column0_minW_Val - ); - return SizeInfo - ( - r2size - ( - minW_Max, - minH_Max - ), - maxColumn_minW - ); -} - -RebMenus :: SizeInfo -RebMenus :: SizeInfo :: AddColumn -( - SizeInfo nextColumn -) -{ - r2size R2Size_New = minR2Size_Val; - r2size R2Size_NextColumn = nextColumn . minR2Size_Val; - - R2Size_New . HCompose - ( - R2Size_NextColumn - ); - - return SizeInfo - ( - R2Size_New, - minR2Size_Val . w - ); -} - -RebMenus :: SizeInfo -RebMenus :: SizeInfo :: AddRow -( - SizeInfo nextRow -) -{ - r2size R2Size_New = minR2Size_Val; - - int maxColumn_minW = - ( - (Column0_minW_Val > nextRow . Column0_minW_Val) - ? - Column0_minW_Val - : - nextRow . Column0_minW_Val - ); - - R2Size_New . VCompose(nextRow . minR2Size_Val); - - return SizeInfo - ( - R2Size_New, - maxColumn_minW - ); -} - -#if 1 -void -RebMenus :: SizeInfo :: Compose -( - const SizeInfo& other, - enum Direction theD, - enum Alignment // theAl -) -{ - if ( theD == D_Vert ) - { - minR2Size_Val . VCompose - ( - other . minR2Size_Val - ); - } - else - { - minR2Size_Val . HCompose - ( - other . minR2Size_Val - ); - } - - Column0_minW_Val = - ( - (Column0_minW_Val > other . Column0_minW_Val) - ? - Column0_minW_Val - : - other . Column0_minW_Val - ); -} - - -#endif - - - -// class Appearance -// public: -void -RebMenus :: Appearance :: Diagnostic(void) const -{ - if ( bHasBitmap ) - { - textprint("bitmap:\"%s\"; ",BMapN_Val . Get()); - } - else - { - textprint("plain; "); - } - - if ( bHasTextLabel ) - { - SCString& theLabel = StringTable :: GetSCString - ( - ID_Label_Val - ); - - textprint - ( - "label=\"%s\"\n", - theLabel . pProjCh() - ); - - theLabel . R_Release(); - } - else - { - textprint("unlabelled\n"); - } -} - -// Methods relating to rendering: -void -RebMenus :: Appearance :: Render -( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected -) const -{ - if - ( - bSelected - ) - { - textprintXY - ( - theContext . Pos() . x-20, - theContext . Pos() . y, - "*" - ); - } - - if ( bHasTextLabel ) - { - SCString& theLabel = StringTable :: GetSCString - ( - ID_Label_Val - ); - - #if 1 - IndexedFont* pFont = IndexedFont :: GetFont - ( - Fonts :: GetIndex - ( - bSelected - ) - ); - // can return NULL if no font loaded in that slot - GLOBALASSERT( pFont ); - - r2pos R2Pos_Cursor = theContext . Pos(); - - pFont -> RenderString_Clipped - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - theContext . ClipRect(), - Label_FixP_Alpha, - theLabel - ); - #else - textprintXY - ( - theContext . Pos() . x, - theContext . Pos() . y, - theLabel . pProjCh() - ); - #endif - - theLabel . R_Release(); - - } - - if ( bHasBitmap ) - { - #if 1 - textprintXY - ( - theContext . Pos() . x, - theContext . Pos() . y, - "bitmap:\"%s\"; ", - BMapN_Val . Get() - ); - #endif - - Bitmap :: Blit_Transparent - ( - BMapN_Val . Get(), // const char* const pCh_Name, - theContext . ClipRect(), // r2rect R2Rect_Clip, - theContext . Pos() // r2pos dstR2Pos - ); - } -} - -RebMenus :: SizeInfo -RebMenus :: Appearance :: GetSizeInfo(void) const -{ - r2size runningR2Size; - int runningColumn0; - - if ( bHasTextLabel ) - { - SCString& theLabel = StringTable :: GetSCString - ( - ID_Label_Val - ); - - r2size R2Size_Label = theLabel . CalcSize - ( - Fonts :: GetIndex - ( - Yes - // for the moment - ) - ); - - theLabel . R_Release(); - - runningR2Size = R2Size_Label; - runningColumn0 = R2Size_Label . w + ColumnSpacing; - } - else - { - runningR2Size = r2size(0,0); - runningColumn0 = 0; - } - - SizeInfo theSizeInfo - ( - runningR2Size, - runningColumn0 - ); - - if ( bHasBitmap ) - { - theSizeInfo = theSizeInfo . Overlay - ( - SizeInfo - ( - Bitmap :: GetSize - ( - BMapN_Val . Get() - ), - 0 - ) - ); - } - - return theSizeInfo; -} - -RebMenus :: SizeInfo -RebMenus :: OnOffAppearance :: GetSizeInfo(void) const -{ - SizeInfo SizeInfo_On = App_On_Val . GetSizeInfo(); - SizeInfo SizeInfo_Off = App_Off_Val . GetSizeInfo(); - - return SizeInfo_On . Overlay(SizeInfo_Off); -} - - -void -RebMenus :: Item :: DiagnosticAppearance(OurBool bSelected) const -{ - theOnOffApp_Val . GetAppearance(bSelected) . Diagnostic(); -} - - - -// Combined factory/"add to list" methods: -RebMenus :: Item_Unimplemented* -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: AddUnimplementedItem -( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp -) -{ - Item_Unimplemented* pItem = new Item_Unimplemented - ( - theOnOffApp - ); - - AddToList - ( - pItem - ); - - return pItem; -} - -RebMenus :: Item_Command* -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: AddNewCommandItem -( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - Command* pCommand -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pCommand ); - - Item_Command* pItem = new Item_Command - ( - theOnOffApp, - pCommand - ); - - AddToList - ( - pItem - ); - - return pItem; -} - -RebMenus :: Item_Command* -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: AddNewJumpItem -( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - enum PageID theDst -) -{ - Command_JumpToPage* pCommand = new Command_JumpToPage - ( - theDst - ); - - Item_Command* pItem = new Item_Command - ( - theOnOffApp, - pCommand - ); - - pCommand -> R_Release(); - - AddToList - ( - pItem - ); - - return pItem; -} - -RebMenus :: Item_Selection* -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: AddNewSelectionItem -( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - enum Direction initDir, - SelectionVariable* pSelectionVar -) -{ - Item_Selection* pItem = new Item_Selection - ( - theOnOffApp, - initDir, - pSelectionVar - ); - - AddToList - ( - pItem - ); - - return pItem; -} - -RebMenus :: Item_Slider* -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: AddNewSliderItem -( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - enum Direction initDir, - BoundedExportVariable<int>* pBoundedExpVar -) -{ - Item_Slider* pItem = new Item_Slider - ( - theOnOffApp, - initDir, - pBoundedExpVar - ); - - AddToList - ( - pItem - ); - - return pItem; -} - -RebMenus :: Item_Toggle* -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: AddNewToggleItem -( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_Label, - enum Direction initDir, - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_Choice, - ExportVariable<OurBool>* pExpVar -) -{ - Item_Toggle* pItem = new Item_Toggle - ( - theOnOffApp_Label, - initDir, - theOnOffApp_Choice, - pExpVar - ); - - AddToList - ( - pItem - ); - - return pItem; -} - -RebMenus :: CompositeItem* -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: AddNewCompositeItem -( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - enum Direction theD, - enum Alignment theAlignment_New -) -{ - CompositeItem* pItem = new CompositeItem - ( - theOnOffApp, - theD, - theAlignment_New - ); - - AddToList - ( - pItem - ); - - return pItem; -} - -RebMenus :: Item* -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: AddNewCancelItem -( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp -) -{ - Command_ReturnFromPage* pCommand = new Command_ReturnFromPage(); - - Item* pItem = new Item_Command - ( - theOnOffApp, - pCommand - ); - - pCommand -> R_Release(); - - AddToList - ( - pItem - ); - - return pItem; -} - -void -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: AddNewItem_Special(Item* pItem) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pItem); - - AddToList(pItem); -} - - -// Process various keypresses: -OurBool -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ) -{ - // return = was message processed - - if ( NumItems >0 ) - { - // Pass to selected child for processing: - if - ( - !( GetSelected() -> Navigate( aNavOp ) ) - ) - { - // then selected child couldn't process it, this composite should have a go: - switch ( aNavOp ) - { - case NavOp_Up: - { - if ( theDir == D_Vert ) - { - if ( SelectedItem > 0) - { - SelectedItem--; - GetSelected() -> Selected_Hook - ( - aNavOp - ); - return Yes; - } - else - { - if ( Wraparound :: bEnabled() ) - { - SelectedItem = NumItems-1; - GetSelected() -> Selected_Hook - ( - aNavOp - ); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - } - } - else - { - return No; - } - } - case NavOp_Down: - { - if ( theDir == D_Vert ) - { - if ( SelectedItem < (NumItems-1)) - { - SelectedItem++; - GetSelected() -> Selected_Hook - ( - aNavOp - ); - return Yes; - } - else - { - if ( Wraparound :: bEnabled() ) - { - SelectedItem = 0; - GetSelected() -> Selected_Hook - ( - aNavOp - ); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - } - } - else - { - return No; - } - } - - case NavOp_Left: - { - if ( theDir == D_Horiz ) - { - if ( SelectedItem > 0) - { - SelectedItem--; - GetSelected() -> Selected_Hook - ( - aNavOp - ); - return Yes; - } - else - { - if ( Wraparound :: bEnabled() ) - { - SelectedItem = NumItems-1; - GetSelected() -> Selected_Hook - ( - aNavOp - ); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - } - } - else - { - return No; - } - } - case NavOp_Right: - { - if ( theDir == D_Horiz ) - { - if ( SelectedItem < (NumItems-1)) - { - SelectedItem++; - GetSelected() -> Selected_Hook - ( - aNavOp - ); - return Yes; - } - else - { - if ( Wraparound :: bEnabled() ) - { - SelectedItem = 0; - GetSelected() -> Selected_Hook - ( - aNavOp - ); - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } - } - } - else - { - return No; - } - } - - case NavOp_Home: - { - SelectedItem=0; - GetSelected() -> Selected_Hook - ( - aNavOp - ); - return Yes; - } - - case NavOp_End: - { - SelectedItem=(NumItems-1); - GetSelected() -> Selected_Hook - ( - aNavOp - ); - return Yes; - } - - case NavOp_Trigger: - { - return No; - } - - case NavOp_Cancel: - { - Page :: TryToReturn(); - return Yes; - } - - default: - GLOBALASSERT(0); - } - } - } - // else: no items to navigate - - if ( aNavOp == NavOp_Cancel ) - { - // don't need any items for this to work - Page :: TryToReturn(); - return Yes; - } - - - return No; - -} - -void -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const -{ - { - textprint("CompositeItem ::Diagnostic()... "); - - DiagnosticAppearance(bSelected); - } - - textprint("NumItems=%i\n",NumItems); - - for (int i=0;i<NumItems;i++) - { - textprint - ( - (i==SelectedItem) - ? - "-->" - : - " " - ); - - pItem_A[i]->Diagnostic(i==SelectedItem); - // or should the "selected" nature also depend on whether the - // parent is selected? - } -} - -RebMenus :: Item* -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: GetSelected(void) const -{ - // will return NULL iff there are no items in the composition - if (NumItems>0) - { - return pItem_A[SelectedItem]; - } - else - { - return NULL; - } -} - -// Methods relating to rendering: -void -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: Render -( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected -) const -{ - r2size R2Size_Composite = GetSizeInfo() . GetMin(); - int nonIterationAxisSize_Composite = - ( - theDir == D_Vert - ? - R2Size_Composite . w - : - R2Size_Composite . h - ); - - // Always render appearance (the title) centred - { - SizeInfo titleSizeInfo = AppearanceSizeInfo(); - - r2pos titlePos = theContext . Pos(); - - if ( theDir == D_Vert ) - { - titlePos . x += ( R2Size_Composite . w - titleSizeInfo . GetMin() . w)/2; - } - else - { - titlePos . y += ( R2Size_Composite . h - titleSizeInfo . GetMin() . h)/2; - } - - RenderContext titleContext = RenderContext - ( - theContext . ClipRect(), // r2rect R2Rect_Clip_New, - titlePos, // r2pos R2Pos_At_New, - // top-left hotspot - 0 // int Column0_W_New - // width of 1st column - ); - - RenderAppearance - ( - titleContext, - bSelected - ); - } - - - // Iterate through items, calling Render(): - r2pos R2Pos_I - ( - theContext . Pos() - ); - - // Adjust position for any title: - { - SizeInfo titleSizeInfo = AppearanceSizeInfo(); - - if ( theDir == D_Horiz ) - { - R2Pos_I . x += titleSizeInfo . GetMin() . w + ItemSpacing(); - } - else - { - R2Pos_I . y += titleSizeInfo . GetMin() . h + ItemSpacing(); - } - } - - #if 0 - SizeInfo thisSizeInfo = GetSizeInfo(); - - R2Pos_I . x -= (thisSizeInfo . GetMin() . w/2); - R2Pos_I . y -= (thisSizeInfo . GetMin() . h/2); - #endif - - for (int i=0;i<NumItems;i++) - { - textprintXY(R2Pos_I.x,R2Pos_I.y,"%i",i); - - int theIterationAxisPos_I = - ( - theDir == D_Vert - ? - R2Pos_I . y - : - R2Pos_I . x - ); - int nonIterationAxisPos_I = - ( - theDir == D_Vert - ? - R2Pos_I . x - : - R2Pos_I . y - ); - - r2size R2Size_I = pItem_A[i] -> GetSizeInfo() . GetMin(); - - int nonIterationAxisSize_I = - ( - theDir == D_Vert - ? - R2Size_I . w - : - R2Size_I . h - ); - - switch ( theAlignment_Val ) - { - case Align_Min: - { - // means "left-aligned" for V-composition, "top-aligned" for H-Composition - // so leave untouched - } - break; - - case Align_Centre: - { - // means "centred about X" for V-composition, "centred about Y" for H-Composition - // so centre the nonIterationAxis - nonIterationAxisPos_I += ( nonIterationAxisSize_Composite - nonIterationAxisSize_I)/2; - // could be negative; this equation ought to still be valid - } - break; - - case Align_Max: - { - // increase the nonIterationAxis to maximal value that will fit - nonIterationAxisPos_I += ( nonIterationAxisSize_Composite - nonIterationAxisSize_I); - // could be negative; this equation ought to still be valid - } - break; - - default: - GLOBALASSERT(0); - break; - } - - r2pos R2Pos_ToUse = - ( - theDir == D_Vert - ? - r2pos( nonIterationAxisPos_I, theIterationAxisPos_I ) - : - r2pos( theIterationAxisPos_I, nonIterationAxisPos_I ) - ); - - RenderContext yourContext - ( - theContext.ClipRect(), // r2rect R2Rect_Clip_New, - R2Pos_ToUse, // r2pos R2Pos_At_New - theContext.Column0_W() - ); - - pItem_A[i] -> Render - ( - yourContext, - ( - bSelected && (SelectedItem == i) - ) - ); - - if ( theDir == D_Horiz ) - { - R2Pos_I . x += R2Size_I . w + ItemSpacing(); - } - else - { - R2Pos_I . y += R2Size_I . h + ItemSpacing(); - } - } -} - -RebMenus :: SizeInfo -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: GetSizeInfo(void) const -{ - SizeInfo SizeInfo_ToReturn - ( - #if 1 - r2size(0,0), - 0 - #else - AppearanceSizeInfo() . GetMin(), - AppearanceSizeInfo() . GetColumn0_minW() - #endif - ); - - for (int i=0;i<NumItems;i++) - { - SizeInfo itemSizeInfo = pItem_A[i] -> GetSizeInfo(); - - #if 1 - SizeInfo_ToReturn . Compose - ( - itemSizeInfo, - theDir, - theAlignment_Val - ); - - #else - - r2size ItemSize_Min = itemSizeInfo . GetMin(); - - if ( theDir == D_Horiz ) - { - AppSize_Min . HCompose - ( - ItemSize_Min - ); - - if (i!=0) - { - AppSize_Min . w += ItemSpacing(); - } - } - else - { - AppSize_Min . VCompose - ( - ItemSize_Min - ); - - if ( max_Column0_minW < itemSizeInfo . GetColumn0_minW() ) - { - max_Column0_minW = itemSizeInfo . GetColumn0_minW(); - } - - if (i!=0) - { - AppSize_Min . h += ItemSpacing(); - } - } - #endif - } - - #if 1 - return SizeInfo_ToReturn; - #else - return SizeInfo - ( - AppSize_Min, - max_Column0_minW - ); - #endif -} - - -// private: -void -RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: AddToList -( - Item* pItem_ToAdd -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(NumItems < MAX_ITEMS_PER_LIST ); - - pItem_A[ NumItems++ ] = pItem_ToAdd; - - - if (NumItems == 1) - { - // then this was the first item added: - SelectedItem = 0; - } -} - -// static -int RebMenus :: CompositeItem :: ItemSpacing(void) -{ - return 2; -} - - -void -RebMenus :: Page :: MiniStack :: Push(enum PageID in) -{ - if (NumItems < NUM_PAGES_MEMORY) - { - theA[ NumItems++ ] = in; - } - else - { - // one falls off the bottom; shuffle everything up - GLOBALASSERT( NumItems == NUM_PAGES_MEMORY ); - - for (int i=0;i<(NUM_PAGES_MEMORY-1);i++) - { - theA[i] = theA[i+1]; - } - - // ...and set the end element: - theA[NUM_PAGES_MEMORY-1] = in; - } -} - -OurBool -RebMenus :: Page :: MiniStack :: Pop(enum PageID& out) -{ - // return value: was there anything? - if ( NumItems > 0) - { - out = theA[--NumItems]; - return Yes; - } - else - { - return No; - } -} - -void -RebMenus :: Page :: MiniStack :: Diagnostic(void) -{ - textprint("page stack: num pages = %i\n",NumItems); - - for (int i=0;i<NumItems;i++) - { - textprint("entry:%2i page=%2i\n",i,theA[i]); - } -} - -void -RebMenus :: Page :: MiniStack :: Clear(void) -{ - NumItems = 0; -} - - - -// protected: -RebMenus :: Page :: Page -( - Appearance theApp_New, - enum Direction theD, - enum Alignment theAlignment_New, - PageID theID -) : CompositeItem - ( - OnOffAppearance - ( - theApp_New, - theApp_New - ), - // for the moment, menu pages have identical appearances whether - // selected or not. Would only make a difference if deselected pages - // animate away rather than instantly vanish - theD, - theAlignment_New - ), - theID_Val(theID) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pPage[theID_Val] == NULL ); - - pPage[theID_Val] = this; -} -RebMenus :: Page :: ~Page() -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pPage[theID_Val] == this ); - - pPage[theID_Val] = NULL; -} - -void -RebMenus :: Page :: Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const -{ - thePageStack . Diagnostic(); - - textprint("Menu page:%i\n",theID_Val); - - CompositeItem :: Diagnostic(bSelected); -} - -// static -// static -void -RebMenus :: Page :: SelectPage(enum PageID inID) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(inID>=0); - GLOBALASSERT(inID<NUM_PAGE_IDS); - - thePageStack . Push( SelectedPageID ); - - Internal_SelectPage_NoPush( inID ); -} - -// static -void -RebMenus :: Page :: SelectPage_ClearingStack(enum PageID inID) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(inID>=0); - GLOBALASSERT(inID<NUM_PAGE_IDS); - - // Clear page stack: - thePageStack . Clear(); - - // Select page: - Internal_SelectPage_NoPush( inID ); -} - -// static -void -RebMenus :: Page :: TryToReturn(void) -{ - enum PageID popPage; - - if - ( - !thePageStack . Pop - ( - popPage - ) - ) - { - textprint("empty page stack; picking initial menu\n"); - #if 1 - popPage = PageID_Initial; - #else - popPage = PageID_NoMenu; - #endif - } - - // Set page, without pushing where we were: - { - Internal_SelectPage_NoPush( popPage ); - } -} - - -RebMenus :: Page* -RebMenus :: Page :: Get(enum PageID inID) -{ - return pPage[ inID ]; -} - -// static -RebMenus :: Page* -RebMenus :: Page :: GetSelected(void) -{ - return Get(SelectedPageID); -} - -// private: -// static -void -RebMenus :: Page :: Internal_SelectPage_NoPush( enum PageID inID ) -{ - // Worker function to call hooks and actually change the page - // Used by SelectPage() and TryToReturn() - // Doesn't push current page onto page stack - - // Call hook for leaving the current page: - GetSelected() -> Hook_LeavingPage(); - - // Set the all-important variable: - SelectedPageID = inID; - - // Call hook for entering the new page: - GetSelected() -> Hook_EnteringPage(); -} - - -// private: -// static -RebMenus :: Page* RebMenus :: Page :: pPage[ NUM_PAGE_IDS ]; -// static -enum PageID RebMenus :: Page :: SelectedPageID = PageID_Initial; -// static -RebMenus :: Page :: MiniStack -RebMenus :: Page :: thePageStack; - - -// class Wraparound -// static -const OurBool RebMenus :: Wraparound :: bEnabled_Val = Yes; - -// Globals within RebMenus: -void RebMenus :: Init(void) -{ - ProjectSpecific :: Init(); -} - -void RebMenus :: UnInit(void) -{ - ProjectSpecific :: UnInit(); - - // Destroy all menu pages: - { - - } -} - -void RebMenus :: Maintain(void) -{ - textprint("RebMenus::Maintain()\n"); - - ProjectSpecific :: Maintain(); - - #if 1 - { - Page* pPage = Page :: GetSelected(); - GLOBALASSERT( pPage ); - - pPage -> Diagnostic(Yes); - } - #endif -} - -// static -void -RebMenus :: Render(void) -{ - textprint("RebMenus :: Render()\n"); - - Page* pPage = Page :: GetSelected(); - GLOBALASSERT( pPage ); - - SizeInfo theSizeInfo = pPage -> GetSizeInfo(); - - pPage -> Render - ( - RenderContext - ( - r2rect::PhysicalScreen(), // r2rect R2Rect_Clip_New, - - r2rect::PhysicalScreen() . CentredWithSize_TL - ( - theSizeInfo . GetMin() - ), // r2pos R2Pos_At_New - - theSizeInfo . GetColumn0_minW() // int Column0_W_New - ), - Yes //OurBool bSelected - ); -} - - -// namespace Bitmap -namespace RebMenus -{ - namespace Bitmap - { - class Implementation - { - private: - class CacheEntry - { - public: - CacheEntry - ( - const char* const pCh_Name_New - ); - ~CacheEntry(); - - static void Empty(void) - { - while (List_pCacheEntry . size() > 0) - { - delete List_pCacheEntry . first_entry(); - } - } - - void Blit_Transparent - ( - r2rect R2Rect_Clip, - r2pos dstR2Pos - ); - - r2size GetSize(void) const - { - return R2Size; - } - - static CacheEntry* Get(const char* const pCh_Name); - - private: - const char* const pCh_Name_Val; - LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE pSurface; - AW_BACKUPTEXTUREHANDLE hBackup; - r2size R2Size; - - static List<CacheEntry*> List_pCacheEntry; - // maintains a set of all of these - // really ought to do this as a hash table (potentially using Jake's - // template), but no need for the moment - }; - private: - - - - public: - static void Precache(const char* const pCh_Name) - { - new CacheEntry(pCh_Name); - } - - static void UnCache(const char* const pCh_Name) - { - CacheEntry* pEntry = CacheEntry :: Get(pCh_Name); - - if (!pEntry) { return; } - - delete pEntry; - } - - static void EmptyCache(void) - { - CacheEntry :: Empty(); - } - - static void Blit_Transparent - ( - const char* const pCh_Name, - r2rect R2Rect_Clip, - r2pos dstR2Pos - ) - { - CacheEntry* pEntry = CacheEntry :: Get(pCh_Name); - - if (!pEntry) - { - pEntry = new CacheEntry(pCh_Name); - } - - GLOBALASSERT( pEntry ); - - pEntry -> Blit_Transparent - ( - R2Rect_Clip, - dstR2Pos - ); - } - static r2size GetSize(const char* const pCh_Name) - { - CacheEntry* pEntry = CacheEntry :: Get(pCh_Name); - - if (!pEntry) - { - pEntry = new CacheEntry(pCh_Name); - } - - GLOBALASSERT( pEntry ); - - return pEntry -> GetSize(); - } - - }; - }; -}; - -RebMenus :: Bitmap :: Implementation :: CacheEntry :: CacheEntry -( - const char* const pCh_Name_New -) : pCh_Name_Val(pCh_Name_New) -{ - unsigned nWidth,nHeight; - - pSurface = AwCreateSurface - ( - "sfXYB", - pCh_Name_Val, - ( - 0 - ), // flags - &nWidth, - &nHeight, - &hBackup - ); - ATIncludeSurface(pSurface,hBackup); - - - R2Size . w = nWidth; - R2Size . h = nHeight; - - List_pCacheEntry . add_entry(this); -} - -RebMenus :: Bitmap :: Implementation :: CacheEntry :: ~CacheEntry() -{ - List_pCacheEntry . delete_entry(this); - - GLOBALASSERT(pSurface); - ATRemoveSurface(pSurface); - ReleaseDDSurface(pSurface); - pSurface = NULL; - - if (hBackup) - { - AwDestroyBackupTexture(hBackup); - } - - hBackup = NULL; - -} - -void -RebMenus :: Bitmap :: Implementation :: CacheEntry :: Blit_Transparent -( - r2rect R2Rect_Clip, - r2pos dstR2Pos -) -{ - if - ( - r2rect - ( - dstR2Pos, - GetSize() - ) . bFitsIn( R2Rect_Clip ) - ) - { - RECT destRect; - - destRect.left = dstR2Pos . x; - destRect.top = dstR2Pos . y; - - destRect.right = dstR2Pos . x + R2Size . w; - destRect.bottom = dstR2Pos . y + R2Size . h; - - - RECT srcRect; - - srcRect.left =0; - srcRect.top =0; - srcRect.right = R2Size . w; - srcRect.bottom = R2Size . h; - - #if 1 - DDBLTFX tempDDBltFx; - - memset(&tempDDBltFx,0,sizeof(DDBLTFX)); - - tempDDBltFx . dwSize = sizeof(DDBLTFX); - tempDDBltFx . ddckSrcColorkey . dwColorSpaceLowValue = 0; - tempDDBltFx . ddckSrcColorkey . dwColorSpaceHighValue = 0; - #endif - - HRESULT ddrval = lpDDSBack->Blt - ( - &destRect, - pSurface, - #if 1 - NULL, - #else - &srcRect, - #endif - ( - DDBLT_WAIT - #if 0 - | DDBLT_KEYSRC - #else - | DDBLT_KEYSRCOVERRIDE - #endif - ), - &tempDDBltFx // LPDDBLTFX lpDDBltFx - ); - - #if 0 - if(ddrval != DD_OK) - { - ReleaseDirect3D(); - exit(0x666009); - } - #endif - } - // else reject as I can't be bothered to write clipping code -} - -// static -RebMenus :: Bitmap :: Implementation :: CacheEntry* -RebMenus :: Bitmap :: Implementation :: CacheEntry :: Get(const char* const pCh_Name) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pCh_Name ); - - // A simple linear search for now: - for - ( - LIF<CacheEntry*>oi(&List_pCacheEntry); - !oi . done(); - oi . next() - ) - { - if - ( - strcmp - ( - pCh_Name, - oi() -> pCh_Name_Val - ) == 0 - ) - { - return oi(); - } - } - return NULL; -} - -// static -List<RebMenus :: Bitmap :: Implementation :: CacheEntry*> -RebMenus :: Bitmap :: Implementation :: CacheEntry :: List_pCacheEntry; - - -void -RebMenus :: Bitmap :: Precache(const char* const pCh_Name) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pCh_Name ); - - Implementation :: Precache(pCh_Name); -} - -void -RebMenus :: Bitmap :: UnCache(const char* const pCh_Name) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pCh_Name ); - Implementation :: UnCache(pCh_Name); -} - -void -RebMenus :: Bitmap :: EmptyCache(void) -{ - Implementation :: EmptyCache(); -} -void -RebMenus :: Bitmap :: Blit_Transparent -( - const char* const pCh_Name, - r2rect R2Rect_Clip, - r2pos dstR2Pos -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pCh_Name ); - Implementation :: Blit_Transparent - ( - pCh_Name, - R2Rect_Clip, - dstR2Pos - ); -} - -r2size -RebMenus :: Bitmap :: GetSize(const char* const pCh_Name) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pCh_Name ); - - return Implementation :: GetSize(pCh_Name); -} - -#endif - // UseRebMenus - - - - - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/rebmenus.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/rebmenus.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index 3b18509..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/rebmenus.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,981 +0,0 @@ -/* - - rebmenus.hpp - -*/ - -#ifndef _rebmenus_hpp -#define _rebmenus_hpp 1 - - #if ( defined( __WATCOMC__ ) || defined( _MSC_VER ) ) - #pragma once - #endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - #define UseRebMenus Yes - // If this is set, then the new menus are compiled in, and take - // effect in-game - // If this is set to no, then the new menus don't compile in - - #define OverrideOldMenus Yes - // If this is set, then the new menus also override the out-of-game - // menus. Don't set this without setting UseRebMenus - - #define SupportTextprintBeforeGame No - // however, this causes a problem in the second call - // to InitialiseTextures(), but only outside the debugger, - // so it's a real pain to debug - -/* Includes *************************************************************/ -#if UseRebMenus - #ifdef __cplusplus - #ifndef _ourbool - #include "ourbool.h" - #endif - - #if 0 - #ifndef _scstring - #include "scstring.hpp" - #endif - #endif - - #ifndef _command - #include "command.hpp" - #endif - - #ifndef _r2base - #include "r2base.h" - #endif - - #if 0 - // Expects an enum "FontIndex" for the font to be defined in PROJFONT.H - #ifndef _projfont - #include "projfont.h" - #endif - #endif - - #ifndef _expvar_hpp - #include "expvar.hpp" - #endif - - #ifndef _projmenu_hpp - #include "projmenu.hpp" - // Include project specific header. - /* - It is assumed that this project specific header will define - the following: - - - an "enum PageID" enumeration of the various pages in the menus; - they must range in value from 0 inclusive to NUM_PAGE_IDS exclusive - (currently gaps are allowed in the range, but an array of pointers - gets defined so don't be excessive) - - - a TextID typedef giving an enumeration of text string IDs from - the language localisation table - - - functions: - void Init(void) - void UnInit(void) - void Maintain(void) - within scope ProjectSpecific (either namespace or public static in a class) - inside namespace RebMenus. They can be empty, but typically - you should construct your menu pages within them. - - - a scope (class or namespace) Fonts containing - ( static ) - FontIndex RebMenus :: Fonts :: GetIndex(OurBool bSelected) - to tell the text code which font to use for labels - */ - - #endif - #endif - /* __cplusplus */ -#endif - // UseRebMenus - - - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ -#if UseRebMenus -#ifdef __cplusplus - #define DUMMY_TEXTID ((TextID)0) - -namespace RebMenus -{ - #if 0 - // perhaps has some kind of message passing hook: - class Message - { - }; - // derived classes for keydown messages, mouse messages, etc - // But how is it interrogated? - // (you have two class hierarchies, with a single process fn) - // - // What class have I forgotten? - - // need a class with somd kind of hook for either processing - // a messages, or passing it down the chain of responsibility - // (a boolean return type to say whether it's been processed?) - - class MessageProcessor - { - - }; - - class Selectable : MessageProcessor //????? - { - }; - #endif - enum Direction - { - D_Horiz, - D_Vert - }; - - enum Alignment - { - Align_Min, - // means "left-aligned" for V-composition, "top-aligned" for H-Composition - - Align_Centre, - // means "centred about X" for V-composition, "centred about Y" for H-Composition - - Align_Max - // means "right-aligned" for V-composition, "bottom-aligned" for H-Composition - - }; - - enum NavigationOp - { - NavOp_Up = 0, - NavOp_Down, - NavOp_Left, - NavOp_Right, - NavOp_Home, - NavOp_End, - NavOp_Trigger, - NavOp_Cancel, - - NUM_NAVIGATION_OPS - }; - - // Name of a bitmap, for referring to bitmaps in an appearance: - class BitmapName - { - public: - BitmapName - ( - char* pCh_New - ) : pCh_Val(pCh_New) - { - } - BitmapName() : pCh_Val(NULL) - { - } - const char* const Get(void) const - { - return pCh_Val; - } - - private: - const char* const pCh_Val; - }; - - // Name of an FMV sequence, for referring to FMV sequences in an appearance: - class FMVName - { - public: - FMVName - ( - char* pCh_New - ) : pCh_Val(pCh_New) - { - } - FMVName() : pCh_Val(NULL) - { - } - const char* const Get(void) const - { - return pCh_Val; - } - - private: - const char* const pCh_Val; - }; - - namespace Bitmap - { - void Precache(const char* const pCh_Name); - void UnCache(const char* const pCh_Name); - void EmptyCache(void); - - void Blit_Transparent - ( - const char* const pCh_Name, - r2rect R2Rect_Clip, - r2pos dstR2Pos - ); - - r2size GetSize(const char* const pCh_Name); - }; - - // Menu-specific commands: - class Command_JumpToPage : public Command - { - public: - Command_JumpToPage - ( - enum PageID thePage - ) : Command(), - thePage_Val(thePage) - { - } - OurBool Execute(void); - - private: - const enum PageID thePage_Val; - }; - - class Command_ReturnFromPage : public Command - { - public: - OurBool Execute(void); - }; - - // Class for describing size requirements of things in the menus - // Currently only support a "minimum size" idea - class SizeInfo - { - public: - SizeInfo - ( - r2size minR2Size, - int Column0_minW - ) : minR2Size_Val(minR2Size), - Column0_minW_Val(Column0_minW) - { - } - r2size GetMin(void) const - { - return minR2Size_Val; - } - int GetColumn0_minW(void) const - { - return Column0_minW_Val; - } - - SizeInfo Overlay - ( - SizeInfo other - ); - - SizeInfo AddColumn - ( - SizeInfo nextColumn - ); - - SizeInfo AddRow - ( - SizeInfo nextRow - ); - - void Compose - ( - const SizeInfo& other, - enum Direction theD, - enum Alignment theAl - ); - private: - r2size minR2Size_Val; - int Column0_minW_Val; - - }; - - - class RenderContext - { - public: - RenderContext - ( - r2rect R2Rect_Clip_New, - r2pos R2Pos_At_New, - // top-left hotspot - int Column0_W_New - // width of 1st column - ) : R2Rect_Clip_Val(R2Rect_Clip_New), - R2Pos_At_Val(R2Pos_At_New), - Column0_W_Val(Column0_W_New) - { - } - r2rect ClipRect(void) const {return R2Rect_Clip_Val;} - r2pos Pos(void) const {return R2Pos_At_Val;} - int Column0_W(void) const {return Column0_W_Val;} - r2pos Pos_Column1(void) const - { - return r2pos - ( - R2Pos_At_Val . x + Column0_W_Val, - R2Pos_At_Val . y - ); - } - - RenderContext NextColumn(void) const - { - return RenderContext - ( - R2Rect_Clip_Val, - Pos_Column1(), - 0 - ); - } - - private: - r2rect R2Rect_Clip_Val; - r2pos R2Pos_At_Val; - int Column0_W_Val; - }; - - // 9/3/98 DHM: A "policy" pattern for what an item sould look like: - // ("Design Patterns" would call it a "strategy", but since that word - // is already overused in 3DC et al I prefer the alternate name "policy") - class Appearance - { - public: - // Use just a text label: - Appearance - ( - TextID ID_Label - ) : bHasTextLabel(Yes), - ID_Label_Val(ID_Label), - bHasBitmap(No), - bHasFMV(No) - { - } - - // Use just a bitmap: - Appearance - ( - BitmapName inBMapName - ) : bHasTextLabel(No), - ID_Label_Val(DUMMY_TEXTID), - bHasBitmap(Yes), - BMapN_Val(inBMapName), - bHasFMV(No) - { - } - - // Don't have any appearance at all = invisible - Appearance - ( - ) : bHasTextLabel(No), - ID_Label_Val(DUMMY_TEXTID), - bHasBitmap(No), - bHasFMV(No) - { - } - - // Other possible appearances might be: - // - bitmaps, - // - fmv sequences, - // - combos of the above - // etc - - void Diagnostic(void) const; - - // Methods relating to rendering: - void Render - ( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected - ) const; - - SizeInfo GetSizeInfo(void) const; - - private: - const OurBool bHasTextLabel; - const TextID ID_Label_Val; - - const OurBool bHasBitmap; - const BitmapName BMapN_Val; - - const OurBool bHasFMV; - const FMVName FMVN_Val; - }; - - // An appearance with two states: - class OnOffAppearance - { - public: - // Constructors - OnOffAppearance - ( - Appearance App_On, - Appearance App_Off - ) : App_On_Val(App_On), - App_Off_Val(App_Off) - { - // most general constructor: independent appearances, one for - // "on", the other for "off" - } - - OnOffAppearance - ( - Appearance App_Shared - ) : App_On_Val(App_Shared), - App_Off_Val(App_Shared) - { - // easy way to give something the same appearance both on and off - } - - OnOffAppearance - ( - TextID ID_Label - ) : App_On_Val(Appearance(ID_Label)), - App_Off_Val(Appearance(ID_Label)) - { - // easy way of setting up a text label - } - - OnOffAppearance - ( - ) : App_On_Val(Appearance()), - App_Off_Val(Appearance()) - { - // easy way to set up something as invisible both on and off - } - - - Appearance GetAppearance(OurBool bOn) const - { - return - ( - bOn - ? - App_On_Val - : - App_Off_Val - ); - } - - SizeInfo GetSizeInfo(void) const; - - private: - Appearance App_On_Val; - Appearance App_Off_Val; - }; - - class SelectionVariable - { - protected: - SelectionVariable - ( - BoundedExportVariable<int>* pBoundedExpVar - // takes responsibility for deleting this - ) : pBoundedExpVar_Val(pBoundedExpVar) - { - } - - public: - virtual ~SelectionVariable() - { - delete pBoundedExpVar_Val; - } - - virtual Appearance GetAppearance(OurBool bSelected) = 0; - - // Chain-of-responsibility onto the bounded export var: - int Get(void) const - { - return pBoundedExpVar_Val -> Get(); - } - - int GetMin(void) const - { - return pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMin(); - } - int GetMax(void) const - { - return pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMax(); - } - int GetNxt(void) const - { - int CurrentVal = pBoundedExpVar_Val -> Get(); - if ( CurrentVal < pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMax() ) - { - return ++CurrentVal; - } - else - { - return pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMin(); - } - } - int GetPrv(void) const - { - int CurrentVal = pBoundedExpVar_Val -> Get(); - if ( CurrentVal > pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMin() ) - { - return --CurrentVal; - } - else - { - return pBoundedExpVar_Val -> GetMax(); - } - } - void Set(int NewVal) - { - pBoundedExpVar_Val -> Set(NewVal); - } - - private: - BoundedExportVariable<int>* pBoundedExpVar_Val; - }; - - - - // Class for a list of discrete selections with appearances and values: - template <class T,int MAX_IN_LIST> class Selection - { - class Selectable - { - public: - Selectable - ( - Appearance theApp, - T theValue - ) : App_Val(theApp), - T_Val(theValue) - { - } - Appearance GetAppearance(void) const - { - return App_Val; - } - T GetValue(void) const - { - return T_Val; - } - private: - const Appearance App_Val; - const T T_Val; - }; - - class SelectionList - { - public: - SelectionList - ( - ) : NumInList(0) - { - } - - ~SelectionList(); - - AddSelection - ( - Selectable Sel_ToAdd - ) - { - if ( NumInList < MAX_IN_LIST ) - { - theSel_A[NumInList++] = Sel_ToAdd; - } - } - private: - int NumInList; - Selectable theSel_A[MAX_IN_LIST]; - }; - }; - - - class Item - { - public: - OurBool bSelectable(void); - // items can be temporarily or permanently unselectable - // e.g. "greyed out" - - /////////////// PURE VIRTUAL FUNCTIONS /////////////////////////////// - public: - // Process various keypresses: - virtual OurBool Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ) = 0; - // return = was message processed - - virtual void Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const = 0; - - virtual void Render - ( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected - ) const = 0; - - virtual SizeInfo GetSizeInfo(void) const = 0; - - - public: - void DiagnosticAppearance(OurBool bSelected) const; - - // Methods relating to rendering: - void RenderAppearance - ( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected - ) const - { - theOnOffApp_Val . GetAppearance - ( - bSelected - ) . Render - ( - theContext, - bSelected - ); - } - SizeInfo AppearanceSizeInfo(void) const - { - return theOnOffApp_Val . GetSizeInfo(); - } - - - public: - virtual void Selected_Hook - ( - enum NavigationOp // theNavOp - ) - { - // empty default implementation - } - - protected: - Item - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_New - ) : theOnOffApp_Val(theOnOffApp_New) - { - // empty inline constructor; but protected so must use - // a derived class. - } - - virtual ~Item() - { - } - - private: - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_Val; - }; - - // Proposed derived classes of Item: - class Item_Unimplemented; - - class Item_Command; - // contains a command; can contain a "goto menu page" command - - class Item_Selection; - - class Item_Slider; - - class Item_Toggle; - - class Item_KeyConfig_PageView; - - // A composition of items. - // There will exist a selected item iff there are any items contained - // in this composition - class CompositeItem : public Item - { - public: - CompositeItem - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_New, - enum Direction theD, - enum Alignment theAlignment_New - ) : Item(theOnOffApp_New), - theDir(theD), - theAlignment_Val(theAlignment_New), - NumItems(0) - { - // what value should SelectedItem have when there aren't any items? - } - - // Combined factory/"add to list" methods: - Item_Unimplemented* AddUnimplementedItem - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp - ); - - Item_Command* AddNewCommandItem - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - Command* pCommand - ); - - Item_Command* AddNewJumpItem - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - enum PageID theDst - ); - - Item_Selection* AddNewSelectionItem - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - enum Direction initDir, - SelectionVariable* pSelectionVar - ); - - Item_Slider* AddNewSliderItem - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - enum Direction initDir, - BoundedExportVariable<int>* pBoundedExpVar - ); - - Item_Toggle* AddNewToggleItem - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_Label, - enum Direction initDir, - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp_Choice, - ExportVariable<OurBool>* pExpVar - ); - - CompositeItem* AddNewCompositeItem - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp, - enum Direction theD, - enum Alignment theAlignment_New - ); - - Item* AddNewCancelItem - ( - OnOffAppearance theOnOffApp - ); - - void AddNewItem_Special(Item* pItem); - - // Process various keypresses: - OurBool Navigate( enum NavigationOp aNavOp ); - // return = was message processed - - virtual void Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const; - - Item* GetSelected(void) const; - // will return NULL iff there are no items in the composition - - // Get index of next selectable - #if 0 - // what if all disabled? - - // what if wraparound turned off? - - ItemIndex NxtSelectable(void) const; - ItemIndex PrvSelectable(void) const; - #endif - - // Methods relating to rendering: - virtual void Render - ( - const RenderContext& theContext, - OurBool bSelected - ) const; - - virtual SizeInfo GetSizeInfo(void) const; - - - private: - void AddToList - ( - Item* pItem_ToAdd - ); - static int ItemSpacing(void); - - // List of selectables: - enum {MAX_ITEMS_PER_LIST = 20}; - - int NumItems; - Item* pItem_A[ MAX_ITEMS_PER_LIST ]; - - #if 1 - int SelectedItem; - #else - // Selected item: - IndexInRange theIIR; - #endif - - // Direction: - const enum Direction theDir; - - // Alignment: - const enum Alignment theAlignment_Val; - - // selection list contains a list of selectables; - // has a selected child. - - // Has an "enum direction": - // if D_Horiz, interprets left/right as moving the selection - // if D_Vert, interprets up/down as moving the selection - - // Considered doing it with two separate classes, but makes it nasty - // to derive stuff off them - - }; - - - class Page : public CompositeItem - { - // This class maintains a static array - // mapping of PageIDs to Page*s - // There can be at most one Page of each ID; the class implements - // a kind of array of singletons - // (See "Design Patterns" Addison-Wesley 1994) - - // The precise classes derived from Page are project-specific. A project might - // choose to derive a new class used by all of its pages, or have - // a separate class for each page, or any combination in between. - - // An internal class for storing a history of menu pages visited: - class MiniStack - { - // A small stack; when it gets full, the items - // at the bottom are lost - // Originally done as a template, but Jonathon told be to stop being too - // clever for my own good... - - public: - enum { NUM_PAGES_MEMORY = 16 }; - - public: - MiniStack() : NumItems(0) - { - } - - void Push(enum PageID in); - - OurBool Pop(enum PageID& out); - // return value: was there anything? - - void Diagnostic(void); - - void Clear(void); - - private: - int NumItems; - enum PageID theA[ NUM_PAGES_MEMORY ]; - }; - - protected: - Page - ( - Appearance theApp_New, - enum Direction theD, - enum Alignment theAlignment_New, - PageID theID - ); - - ~Page(); - - public: - void Diagnostic(OurBool bSelected) const; - - static void SelectPage(enum PageID inID); - static void SelectPage_ClearingStack(enum PageID inID); - static void TryToReturn(void); - - static Page* Get(enum PageID inID); - static Page* GetSelected(void); - - private: - // Every page can have hook functions for entering/leaving the page - // These are private since they're only to be called by the page selection - // function - // Default implementation is empty; specific pages can override this. - virtual void Hook_EnteringPage(void) - { - } - virtual void Hook_LeavingPage(void) - { - } - - private: - static void Internal_SelectPage_NoPush( enum PageID inID ); - // Worker function to call hooks and actually change the page - // Used by SelectPage() and TryToReturn() - // Doesn't push current page onto page stack - - - private: - - const PageID theID_Val; - static Page* pPage[ NUM_PAGE_IDS ]; - - static enum PageID SelectedPageID; - - static MiniStack thePageStack; - }; - - - // What happens if you compose various levels of selection list? - // - - // Is a menu page a type of selection list; if so, how does it respond - // to cursor keys? - - // - - // now - - class Wraparound - { - public: - static OurBool bEnabled(void) - { - return bEnabled_Val; - } - - private: - const static OurBool bEnabled_Val; - }; - - // Globals within RebMenus: - void Init(void); - void UnInit(void); - void Maintain(void); - void Render(void); - - -}; // end of namespace RebMenus -#endif // __cplusplus -#endif // UseRebMenus -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - - extern void REBMENUS_ProjectSpecific_EndOfMainLoopHook(void); - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#endif - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/reflist.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/reflist.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 1757022..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/reflist.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: reflist.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 28/1/98 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "reflist.hpp" - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - - char const* reflist_fail_destructor = "Failure in RefList destructor\n"; diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/reflist.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/reflist.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index cf91549..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/reflist.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ -/* - - REFLIST.HPP - - Created 27/1/98 by DHM: - ----------------------- - - Template for managing lists of pointers to reference-counted objects. - - The functions R_AddRef() and R_Release() must be defined for the type parameter. - - Uses the list template LIST_TEM.HPP - - The access functions return pointers to objects, or NULL for failure. The rule - is that: - - Read() - ------ - just returns a pointer; the caller should R_AddRef() only if they want to store the pointer - somewhere (like the COM out-parameter rule; see p81 of "Inside COM") - - GetYour() - --------- - destructively reads the pointer from the list; ownership of the reference is transferred - to the caller who _must_ call R_Release() at some subsequent point. - -*/ - -#ifndef _reflist_hpp -#define _reflist_hpp 1 - - #if ( defined( __WATCOMC__ ) || defined( _MSC_VER ) ) - #pragma once - #endif - - #ifndef list_template_hpp - #include "list_tem.hpp" - #endif - - #ifndef _refobj - #include "refobj.hpp" - #endif - -extern char const* reflist_fail_destructor; - - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - -// nb templates cannot have C linkage -template <class RC> class RefList -{ -private: - List<RC*> List_pRC; - -public: - // {{{ Constructors: - RefList() : List_pRC() - { - } - // }}} - - // {{{ Destructor - ~RefList() - { - EmptyYourself(); - } - // }}} - - // {{{ - int NumEntries(void) const - { - return List_pRC . size(); - } - // }}} - - // {{{ Inserting new members - void AddToFront(RC& theRC) - { - theRC . R_AddRef(); - - List_pRC . add_entry_start( &theRC ); - } - void AddToEnd(RC& theRC) - { - theRC . R_AddRef(); - - List_pRC . add_entry_end( &theRC ); - } - // }}} - - // {{{ Accessing & removing existing members; see notes at top of header - RC* ReadFirst(void) const - { - if (List_pRC . size() >0 ) - { - return List_pRC . first_entry(); - } - else - { - return NULL; - } - } - RC* ReadFinal(void) const - { - if (List_pRC . size() >0 ) - { - return List_pRC . last_entry(); - } - else - { - return NULL; - } - } - RC* GetYourFirst(void) - { - if (List_pRC . size() >0 ) - { - RC* pReturn = List_pRC . first_entry(); - - List_pRC . delete_first_entry(); - // note that a reference is still owned; ownership is transferred to the caller - - return pReturn; - } - else - { - return NULL; - } - } - RC* GetYourFinal(void) - { - if (List_pRC . size() >0 ) - { - RC* pReturn = List_pRC . last_entry(); - - List_pRC . delete_last_entry(); - // note that a reference is still owned; ownership is transferred to the caller - - return pReturn; - } - else - { - return NULL; - } - } - void EmptyYourself(void) - { - // Destroys the list, releasing all refs - while ( List_pRC . size() > 0 ) - { - RC* pRC = List_pRC . first_entry(); - - List_pRC . delete_first_entry(); - - #ifndef NDEBUG - if ( !pRC ) - { - fail( reflist_fail_destructor ); - } - #endif - - pRC -> R_Release(); - } - } - // }}} - - -}; // end of template <class RC> class RefList - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/refobj.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/refobj.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index e1c4181..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/refobj.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,339 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: refobj.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 15/9/97 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "refobj.hpp" - - #if TrackReferenceCounted - #include "dcontext.hpp" - - #ifndef list_template_hpp - #include "list_tem.hpp" - #endif - #endif - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - #if TrackReferenceCounted - #define OutputRefCountLogOnExit Yes - - - #if OutputRefCountLogOnExit - #include "debuglog.hpp" - #endif - - - #endif - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - char const* refobj_fail_addref = "Failure in R_AddRef()\n"; - char const* refobj_fail_release = "Failure in R_Release()\n"; - char const* refobj_fail_destructor = "Failure in Destructor()\n"; - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ -#if TrackReferenceCounted -class RefCountObject_TrackData -{ -public: - enum transtype - { - tt_addref, - tt_release - }; - -private: - class ReferenceTransaction - { - public: - void Dump( R_DumpContext& theContext ) const; - - private: - char* Filename; - int LineNum; - enum transtype Type; - - protected: - ReferenceTransaction(char* theFilename, int theLineNum, enum transtype theType) : - Filename(theFilename), - LineNum(theLineNum), - Type(theType) - {} - }; - - class Transaction_R_AddRef : public ReferenceTransaction - { - public: - Transaction_R_AddRef(char* theFilename, int theLineNum) : - ReferenceTransaction(theFilename, theLineNum, tt_addref) - {} - }; - - class Transaction_R_Release : public ReferenceTransaction - { - public: - Transaction_R_Release(char* theFilename, int theLineNum) : - ReferenceTransaction(theFilename, theLineNum, tt_release) - {} - }; - -public: - static void DumpAll(R_DumpContext& theContext); - - RefCountObject_TrackData(RefCountObject *const pRCObj, char* theFilename, int theLineNum); - ~RefCountObject_TrackData(); - - void Track_R_AddRef(char* theFilename, int theLineNum); - void Track_R_Release(char* theFilename, int theLineNum); - - void DumpTransactions( R_DumpContext& theContext ) const; - -private: - RefCountObject *const pRCObj_Val; - char* constructionFilename; - int constructionLineNum; - List<ReferenceTransaction*> List_pTransaction; - -private: - /* - Maintain various global stuff. - This is all held together as a BSS object so that we can be sure that we call - the log-on-exit in the destructor before destroying the records of what hasn't - been fully released. - - We maintain a list of all reference counted objects, which the class RefCountObject - has indirect access to. - - */ - class Globals - { - friend class RefCountObject_TrackData; - - private: - List<RefCountObject*> List_pRCObj; - #if OutputRefCountLogOnExit - char* filename; - #endif - public: - #if OutputRefCountLogOnExit - Globals(char* theFilename) : - filename(theFilename), - #else - Globals() : - #endif - List_pRCObj() - { - } - ~Globals(); - - }; - - static Globals theGlobals; -}; - - - static RefCountObject_TrackData :: Globals RefCountObject_TrackData :: theGlobals - ( - #if OutputRefCountLogOnExit - "REFDUMP.TXT" - #endif - ); - - #if 0 - static List<RefCountObject*> RefCountObject_TrackData :: TheList :: List_pRCObj; - #endif - - - -#endif -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ - -// class RefCountObject -#if TrackReferenceCounted -void RefCountObject :: Track_Construct(void) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pTrackData == NULL ); - - pTrackData = new RefCountObject_TrackData(this,"unknown file",666); -} - -void RefCountObject :: Track_R_AddRef(char* theFilename, int theLineNum) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pTrackData ); - - pTrackData -> Track_R_AddRef(theFilename,theLineNum); -} - -void RefCountObject :: Track_R_Release(char* theFilename, int theLineNum) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pTrackData ); - - pTrackData -> Track_R_Release(theFilename,theLineNum); -} - -void RefCountObject :: Track_Destroy(void) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pTrackData ); - - delete pTrackData; -} - -void RefCountObject :: ReferenceDump(R_DumpContext& theContext) const -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pTrackData ); - - DumpIDForReferenceDump(theContext); - - pTrackData -> DumpTransactions(theContext); -} - -static void RefCountObject :: DumpAll(R_DumpContext& theContext) -{ - RefCountObject_TrackData :: DumpAll(theContext); -} -#endif // TrackReferenceCounted -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ -#if TrackReferenceCounted -// class RefCountObject_TrackData -// class RefCountObject_TrackData :: ReferenceTransaction -// public: -void RefCountObject_TrackData :: ReferenceTransaction :: Dump( R_DumpContext& theContext ) const -{ - char* Action = - ( - ( Type == tt_addref) - ? - "R_AddRef()" - : - "R_Release()" - ); - - theContext.dprintf("-- %s in file \"%s\" at line %i\n",Action,Filename,LineNum); -} - -// public: -static void RefCountObject_TrackData :: DumpAll(R_DumpContext& theContext) -{ - theContext . dprintf - ( - "RefCountObject::DumpAll(); num objects=%i\n", - theGlobals . List_pRCObj . size() - ); - - for - ( - CLIF<RefCountObject*> oi(&theGlobals . List_pRCObj); - !oi . done(); - oi . next() - ) - { - GLOBALASSERT(oi()); - oi() -> ReferenceDump(theContext); - } -} -RefCountObject_TrackData :: RefCountObject_TrackData(RefCountObject *const pRCObj,char* theFilename, int theLineNum) : - pRCObj_Val(pRCObj), - List_pTransaction(), - constructionFilename(theFilename), - constructionLineNum(theLineNum) -{ - theGlobals . List_pRCObj . add_entry(pRCObj_Val); -} - -RefCountObject_TrackData :: ~RefCountObject_TrackData() -{ - while ( List_pTransaction . size() > 0) - { - List_pTransaction . delete_first_entry(); - } - - theGlobals . List_pRCObj . delete_entry(pRCObj_Val); - -} - -void RefCountObject_TrackData :: Track_R_AddRef(char* theFilename, int theLineNum) -{ - List_pTransaction . add_entry_end - ( - new Transaction_R_AddRef(theFilename,theLineNum) - ); -} - -void RefCountObject_TrackData :: Track_R_Release(char* theFilename, int theLineNum) -{ - List_pTransaction . add_entry_end - ( - new Transaction_R_Release(theFilename,theLineNum) - ); -} - -void RefCountObject_TrackData :: DumpTransactions( R_DumpContext& theContext) const -{ - theContext . dprintf("-- Constructed in \"%s\" at line %i\n",constructionFilename,constructionLineNum); - for - ( - CLIF<ReferenceTransaction*> oi(&List_pTransaction); - !oi . done(); - oi . next() - ) - { - oi() -> Dump(theContext); - } -} - -// private: - -#if OutputRefCountLogOnExit -// We put one of these in the BSS segment so that its destructor -// gets called at exit. The destructor writes all the info -// to a log file -// class Globals -RefCountObject_TrackData :: Globals :: ~Globals() -{ - LogFile theLogFile(filename); - RefCountObject :: DumpAll(theLogFile); -} -#endif - -#endif // TrackReferenceCounted
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/refobj.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/refobj.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index 9fad9b2..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/refobj.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -/* - - refobj.hpp - - Created by DHM for Headhunter; copied into AVP - - Reference-counted base class to be used by e.g. strings - -*/ - -#ifndef _refobj -#define _refobj 1 - - - #ifndef __fail_h - #include "fail.h" - #endif - - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - #define TrackReferenceCounted No - /* - This is a debug option that has a fair amount of run-time - cost. - - It maintains a list of all reference-counted objects, and - data on when references were added or released. - - Data on a particular object can be sent to a log file; - there is a function to do this for all that exist. - */ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -#if TrackReferenceCounted - #define R_AddRef() imp_R_AddRef(__FILE__,__LINE__) - #define R_Release() imp_R_Release(__FILE__,__LINE__) -#endif - -/* Imported globals *****************************************************/ - - extern char const* refobj_fail_addref; - extern char const* refobj_fail_release; - extern char const* refobj_fail_destructor; - - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - class R_DumpContext; // fully declared in DCONTEXT.HPP - - class RefCountObject_TrackData; // fully declared within REFOBJ.CPP - - class RefCountObject - { - // {{{ Private data - private: - int RefCount; - - #if TrackReferenceCounted - RefCountObject_TrackData* pTrackData; - // done as a non-NULL pointer rather than a ref so as to hide - // definition (avoiding compiler dependency) - #endif - - // }}} - - - // {{{ Private functions - private: - // Private fns for the tracking system are complex and defined in REFOBJ.CPP - #if TrackReferenceCounted - void Track_Construct(void); - void Track_R_AddRef(char* theFilename, int theLineNum); - void Track_R_Release(char* theFilename, int theLineNum); - void Track_Destroy(void); - #endif - // }}} - - public: - RefCountObject() : - #if TrackReferenceCounted - pTrackData(NULL), - #endif - RefCount(1) - { - #if TrackReferenceCounted - Track_Construct(); - #endif - } - - #if TrackReferenceCounted - void imp_R_AddRef(char* theFilename, int theLineNum) - { - #ifndef NDEBUG - if ( RefCount <= 0) - { - fail(refobj_fail_addref); - } - #endif - RefCount++; - - Track_R_AddRef(theFilename,theLineNum); - } - - void imp_R_Release(char* theFilename, int theLineNum) - { - #ifndef NDEBUG - if ( RefCount <= 0) - { - fail(refobj_fail_release); - } - #endif - - Track_R_Release(theFilename,theLineNum); - - if ( (--RefCount) == 0 ) - { - delete this; - } - } - #else - void R_AddRef(void) - { - #ifndef NDEBUG - if ( RefCount <= 0) - { - fail(refobj_fail_addref); - } - #endif - RefCount++; - } - - void R_Release(void) - { - #ifndef NDEBUG - if ( RefCount <= 0) - { - fail(refobj_fail_release); - } - #endif - - if ( (--RefCount) == 0 ) - { - delete this; - } - } - #endif - - #if debug - int CheckRef() const - { - return RefCount; - } - // Handy way to examine reference count for debugging only - #endif - - #if TrackReferenceCounted - virtual void DumpIDForReferenceDump(R_DumpContext& theContext) const = 0; - void ReferenceDump(R_DumpContext& theContext) const; - static void DumpAll(R_DumpContext& theContext); - #endif - - protected: - // Destructors must be protected; only derived classes may use the - // destructor and (we hope) only in the R_Release() method: - virtual ~RefCountObject() - { - #ifndef NDEBUG - if ( RefCount != 0 ) - { - fail(refobj_fail_destructor); - } - #endif - - #if TrackReferenceCounted - Track_Destroy(); - #endif - } - }; - - - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/rentrntq.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/rentrntq.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index b00464e..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/rentrntq.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,294 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: rentrntq.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 21/11/97 - * (refer to comment in RENTRTQ.H from a description of what - * this is for) - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "gadget.h" - -#if SupportWindows95 - -#include "rentrntq.h" - - #if UseGadgets - #include "iofocus.h" - #include "hudgadg.hpp" - #include "textin.hpp" - #include "consbind.hpp" - #endif - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - #define MAX_Q_MESSAGES (256) - -#if 0 - #if 1 - #define METACHAR_CHANGEFOCUS '~' - #else - #define METACHAR_CHANGEFOCUS '\r' - #endif - - #define METAKEY_CHANGEFOCUS_VK (0xdf) - /* - DHM 14/1/98: - ------------ - - I have been asked to make this key the - - "you know, the tilde key, the one in the top left of everyone's - keyboards, like Quake does" - - However, I have yet to find a keyboard for which the tilde key is in the - top left. - - I obtained the value (0xdf) by experiment on my keyboard. According to - the Petzold book: - - "Although all keys cause keystroke messages, the table does not - include any symbol keys (such as the key with the / and ? symbols). - These keys have virtual key codes of 128 and above, and they are often - defined differently for international keyboards. You can determine the - values of these virtual key codes using the KEYLOOK program that is shown - later in this chapter, but normally you should not process keystroke - messages for these keys." - - What about DirectInput? - - */ -#endif - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_ScreenCentre; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - enum QEntryCategory - { - QEntryCat_WM_CHAR, - QEntryCat_WM_KEYDOWN, - - NUM_Q_ENTRY_CATS - }; - - struct Q_Entry - { - enum QEntryCategory QEntryCat; - - union - { - char Ch; - // Valid for: QEntryCat_WM_CHAR - - WPARAM wParam; - // Valid for: QEntryCat_WM_KEYDOWN - } CatData; - }; - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - static struct Q_Entry OurQ[MAX_Q_MESSAGES]; - static unsigned int NumQMessages = 0; - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -/* Functions callable within the Windows procedure */ -void RE_ENTRANT_QUEUE_WinProc_AddMessage_WM_CHAR -( - char Ch -) -{ - if ( NumQMessages < MAX_Q_MESSAGES ) - { - OurQ[ NumQMessages ] . QEntryCat = QEntryCat_WM_CHAR; - OurQ[ NumQMessages ] . CatData . Ch = Ch; - NumQMessages++; - } - // otherwise ignore the message - // since no decent error handling facilties/memory allocators - // can safely be called at this stage -} - -void RE_ENTRANT_QUEUE_WinProc_AddMessage_WM_KEYDOWN -( - WPARAM wParam -) -{ - if ( NumQMessages < MAX_Q_MESSAGES ) - { - OurQ[ NumQMessages ] . QEntryCat = QEntryCat_WM_KEYDOWN; - OurQ[ NumQMessages ] . CatData . wParam = wParam; - NumQMessages++; - } - // otherwise ignore the message - // since no decent error handling facilties/memory allocators - // can safely be called at this stage -} - - -/* Functions callable from the WinMain() body of code */ -void RE_ENTRANT_QUEUE_WinMain_FlushMessages(void) -{ - // Process the messages: - { - #if UseGadgets - // AVP/Win95-specific code - if ( HUDGadget :: GetHUD() ) - { - int i; - - for (i=0;i<NumQMessages;i++) - { - switch ( OurQ[ i ] . QEntryCat ) - { - case QEntryCat_WM_CHAR: - { - char Ch = OurQ[ i ] . CatData . Ch; - - if - ( - Ch != '`' - // hack to ignore the grave key - ) - { - if ( IOFOCUS_AcceptTyping() ) - { - HUDGadget :: GetHUD() -> CharTyped - ( - Ch - ); - } - } - #if 0 - textprint - ( - "\n\n\nWM_CHAR message flushed; code=0x%x\n\n\n", - Ch - ); - #endif - } - break; - - case QEntryCat_WM_KEYDOWN: - { - if ( IOFOCUS_AcceptTyping() ) - { - switch ( OurQ[i] . CatData . wParam ) - { - default: - // ignore most keys; - break; - - case VK_BACK: - HUDGadget :: GetHUD() -> Key_Backspace(); - break; - case VK_END: - HUDGadget :: GetHUD() -> Key_End(); - break; - case VK_HOME: - HUDGadget :: GetHUD() -> Key_Home(); - break; - case VK_LEFT: - HUDGadget :: GetHUD() -> Key_Left(); - break; - case VK_UP: - HUDGadget :: GetHUD() -> Key_Up(); - break; - case VK_RIGHT: - HUDGadget :: GetHUD() -> Key_Right(); - break; - case VK_DOWN: - HUDGadget :: GetHUD() -> Key_Down(); - break; - case VK_INSERT: - TextInputState :: ToggleTypingMode(); - break; - case VK_DELETE: - HUDGadget :: GetHUD() -> Key_Delete(); - break; - case VK_TAB: - HUDGadget :: GetHUD() -> Key_Tab(); - break; - } - - } - else - { - #if KeyBindingUses_WM_KEYDOWN - // 6/4/98: - // Pass the key to the console-binding code: - KeyBinding::Process_WM_KEYDOWN - ( - OurQ[i] . CatData . wParam - ); - #endif - } - #if 0 - textprint - ( - "\n\n\nWM_KEYDOWN message flushed; code=0x%x\n\n\n", - OurQ[i] . CatData . wParam - ); - #endif - - } - break; - - } - } - } - #endif - } - - // Clear the messages (only place where a semaphore might be needed): - NumQMessages = 0; -} - -void RE_ENTRANT_QUEUE_WinMain_FlushMessagesWithoutProcessing(void) -{ - NumQMessages = 0; -} - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ - - - - - -#endif // SupportWindows95 diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/rentrntq.h b/3dc/avp/support/rentrntq.h deleted file mode 100644 index 763cafb..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/rentrntq.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -/* - - rentrntq.h - - Created 21/11/97 by DHM: - - "Support for a queue of messages (generated by/analagous to Windows messages) - to avoid problems with re-entrancy". - - The problem being solved is that (in theory at least) the application's - WinProc() procedure can be called at any point within any function in the Win32 API. - - This means that any code that the application's WinProc procedure - calls (both directly or indirectly) must, in general, be re-entrant - - For example, textprint(), the memory allocators, etc. can't be guaranteed to work if - called from WinProc() or something called by it. This is a mahor restriction on what - you can call from WinProc. - - The idea of this code is to isolate the re-entrancy by buffering the - messages, which can then be flushed somewhere "safe" within the main loop - that doesn't need to be re-entrant. - - Functions within this header are labelled with either (i)"WinProc" or (ii)"WinMain" - in their names to indicate whether (i)they should be called from the windows procedure - or (ii) from within the WinMain function (or anything it calls i.e. the entire program - and main loop _except_ for the windows procedure) -*/ - -#ifndef _rentrntq -#define _rentrntq 1 - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - /* Functions callable within the Windows procedure */ - extern void RE_ENTRANT_QUEUE_WinProc_AddMessage_WM_CHAR - ( - char Ch - ); - - extern void RE_ENTRANT_QUEUE_WinProc_AddMessage_WM_KEYDOWN - ( - WPARAM wParam - ); - - /* Functions callable from the WinMain() body of code */ - extern void RE_ENTRANT_QUEUE_WinMain_FlushMessages(void); - extern void RE_ENTRANT_QUEUE_WinMain_FlushMessagesWithoutProcessing(void); - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/scstring.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/scstring.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 94f3b19..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/scstring.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1973 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: string.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created ages ago - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "scstring.hpp" - -#if SupportHHStuff - #include "hhfonts.h" - #include "hhfile.h" - #include "ifmisc.h" - #include "holder.hpp" - #include "mcstring.hpp" -#else - #include "strutil.h" - #include "indexfnt.hpp" -#endif - - #if TrackReferenceCounted - #include "dcontext.hpp" - #endif - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -#ifdef __WATCOMC__ -#pragma warning 139 5 -#pragma message("Disabled Warning W139") -#endif - - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - #define LogStringTables No - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - #define MAX_BYTES_IN_NUMERIC_STRING (100) - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - extern DISPLAYBLOCK *Player; - - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - /*static*/ SCString* SCString :: pFirst = NULL; - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - #if SupportHHStuff - static void strutil_Failure(Failure_Behaviour FailBehav); - #endif - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -// class SCString -// public: -#if TrackReferenceCounted -void SCString :: DumpIDForReferenceDump(R_DumpContext& theContext) const -{ - theContext . dprintf("SCString \"%s\" refs remainining=%i\n",pProjCh_Val,CheckRef()); -} -#endif - -ProjChar* SCString :: pProjCh(void) const -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - return pProjCh_Val; - } -} - - -SCString :: SCString -( - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Init -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Init ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - AllocatedSize = (size_t) STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Init - ); - - pProjCh_Val = new ProjChar[ AllocatedSize ]; - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - - STRUTIL_SC_StrCpy - ( - pProjCh_Val, - pProjCh_Init - ); - - NumberOfCharacters = ( AllocatedSize / sizeof(ProjChar ) ) - 1; - // doesn't include NULL terminator - - #if SupportHHStuff - { - FDIBMAP FDIBMap_Temp; - - HHFONTS_GetSizeOfSingleLine - ( - &FDIBMap_Temp, - - pProjCh_Val, - pStandardFont - ); - - WidthGivenStandardFont = FDIBMap_Temp . Width; - // width in pixels, to save constant recalc - } - #else - { - FontIndex i = IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS; - - while ( i>0 ) - { - i = (FontIndex)(i-1); - - IndexedFont* pFont = IndexedFont :: GetFont( i ); - - if ( pFont ) - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = pFont -> CalcSize - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - #endif - bCanRender[ i ] = pFont -> bCanRenderFully - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - } - else - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = r2size(0,0); - #endif - bCanRender[ i ] = No; - } - } - } - #endif - - // Insert at head of list: - { - if ( pFirst ) - { - pFirst -> pPrv = this; - } - - pNxt = pFirst; - pPrv = NULL; - - pFirst = this; - } - } -} - -SCString :: SCString -( - signed int Number -) -{ - // forms a new string object that describes the number passed - // standard decimal representation - - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - } - - /* CODE */ - { - ProjChar pProjCh_Init[ MAX_BYTES_IN_NUMERIC_STRING ]; - - sprintf - ( - pProjCh_Init, - "%i", - (int)Number - ); - - #if 0 - LOCALISEME(); - #endif - - AllocatedSize = (size_t) STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Init - ); - - pProjCh_Val = new ProjChar[ AllocatedSize ]; - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - // this is always "owned" by the String - - STRUTIL_SC_StrCpy - ( - pProjCh_Val, - pProjCh_Init - ); - - NumberOfCharacters = ( AllocatedSize / sizeof(ProjChar ) ) - 1; - // doesn't include NULL terminator - - #if SupportHHStuff - { - FDIBMAP FDIBMap_Temp; - - HHFONTS_GetSizeOfSingleLine - ( - &FDIBMap_Temp, - - pProjCh_Val, - pStandardFont - ); - - WidthGivenStandardFont = FDIBMap_Temp . Width; - // width in pixels, to save constant recalc - } - #else - { - FontIndex i = IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS; - - while ( i>0 ) - { - i = (FontIndex)(i-1); - - IndexedFont* pFont = IndexedFont :: GetFont( i ); - - if ( pFont ) - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = pFont -> CalcSize - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - #endif - - bCanRender[ i ] = pFont -> bCanRenderFully - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - } - else - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = r2size(0,0); - #endif - bCanRender[ i ] = No; - } - } - } - #endif - - // Insert at head of list: - { - if ( pFirst ) - { - pFirst -> pPrv = this; - } - - pNxt = pFirst; - pPrv = NULL; - - pFirst = this; - } - - } -} - -SCString :: SCString -( - unsigned int Number -) -{ - // forms a new string object that describes the number passed - // standard decimal representation - - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - } - - /* CODE */ - { - ProjChar pProjCh_Init[ MAX_BYTES_IN_NUMERIC_STRING ]; - - sprintf - ( - pProjCh_Init, - "%u", - Number - ); - - #if 0 - LOCALISEME(); - #endif - - AllocatedSize = (size_t) STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Init - ); - - pProjCh_Val = new ProjChar[ AllocatedSize ]; - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - // this is always "owned" by the String - - STRUTIL_SC_StrCpy - ( - pProjCh_Val, - pProjCh_Init - ); - - NumberOfCharacters = ( AllocatedSize / sizeof(ProjChar ) ) - 1; - // doesn't include NULL terminator - - #if SupportHHStuff - { - FDIBMAP FDIBMap_Temp; - - HHFONTS_GetSizeOfSingleLine - ( - &FDIBMap_Temp, - - pProjCh_Val, - pStandardFont - ); - - WidthGivenStandardFont = FDIBMap_Temp . Width; - // width in pixels, to save constant recalc - } - #else - { - FontIndex i = IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS; - - while ( i>0 ) - { - i = (FontIndex)(i-1); - - IndexedFont* pFont = IndexedFont :: GetFont( i ); - - if ( pFont ) - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = pFont -> CalcSize - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - #endif - - bCanRender[ i ] = pFont -> bCanRenderFully - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - } - else - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = r2size(0,0); - #endif - bCanRender[ i ] = No; - } - } - } - #endif - - // Insert at head of list: - { - if ( pFirst ) - { - pFirst -> pPrv = this; - } - - pNxt = pFirst; - pPrv = NULL; - - pFirst = this; - } - - } -} - -SCString :: SCString -( - float Number -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - } - - /* CODE */ - { - ProjChar pProjCh_Init[ MAX_BYTES_IN_NUMERIC_STRING ]; - - sprintf - ( - pProjCh_Init, - "%6f", - Number - ); - - #if 0 - LOCALISEME(); - #endif - - AllocatedSize = (size_t) STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Init - ); - - pProjCh_Val = new ProjChar[ AllocatedSize ]; - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - // this is always "owned" by the String - - STRUTIL_SC_StrCpy - ( - pProjCh_Val, - pProjCh_Init - ); - - NumberOfCharacters = ( AllocatedSize / sizeof(ProjChar ) ) - 1; - // doesn't include NULL terminator - - #if SupportHHStuff - { - FDIBMAP FDIBMap_Temp; - - HHFONTS_GetSizeOfSingleLine - ( - &FDIBMap_Temp, - - pProjCh_Val, - pStandardFont - ); - - WidthGivenStandardFont = FDIBMap_Temp . Width; - // width in pixels, to save constant recalc - } - #else - { - FontIndex i = IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS; - - while ( i>0 ) - { - i = (FontIndex)(i-1); - - IndexedFont* pFont = IndexedFont :: GetFont( i ); - - if ( pFont ) - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = pFont -> CalcSize - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - #endif - - bCanRender[ i ] = pFont -> bCanRenderFully - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - } - else - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = r2size(0,0); - #endif - bCanRender[ i ] = No; - } - } - } - #endif - - // Insert at head of list: - { - if ( pFirst ) - { - pFirst -> pPrv = this; - } - - pNxt = pFirst; - pPrv = NULL; - - pFirst = this; - } - - } -} - - - -SCString :: SCString -( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Init, - unsigned int Length -) -{ - // Forms a string of length at most Length (with 1 extra for NULL-terminator) - - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Init ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - NumberOfCharacters = STRUTIL_SC_Strlen( pProjCh_Init ); - // doesn't include NULL terminator - - if ( NumberOfCharacters > Length ) - { - NumberOfCharacters = Length; - } - - AllocatedSize = (size_t) STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Init - ); - - { - size_t TruncSize = sizeof(ProjChar) * (Length + 1); - - if (AllocatedSize > TruncSize ) - { - AllocatedSize = TruncSize; - } - } - - pProjCh_Val = new ProjChar[ AllocatedSize ]; - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - // this is always "owned" by the String - - STRUTIL_SC_SafeCopy - ( - pProjCh_Val, - (NumberOfCharacters+1), - - pProjCh_Init - ); - - #if SupportHHStuff - { - FDIBMAP FDIBMap_Temp; - - HHFONTS_GetSizeOfSingleLine - ( - &FDIBMap_Temp, - - pProjCh_Val, - pStandardFont - ); - - WidthGivenStandardFont = FDIBMap_Temp . Width; - // width in pixels, to save constant recalc - } - #else - { - FontIndex i = IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS; - - while ( i>0 ) - { - i = (FontIndex)(i-1); - - IndexedFont* pFont = IndexedFont :: GetFont( i ); - - if ( pFont ) - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = pFont -> CalcSize - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - #endif - - bCanRender[ i ] = pFont -> bCanRenderFully - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - } - else - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = r2size(0,0); - #endif - - bCanRender[ i ] = No; - } - } - } - #endif - - // Insert at head of list: - { - if ( pFirst ) - { - pFirst -> pPrv = this; - } - - pNxt = pFirst; - pPrv = NULL; - - pFirst = this; - } - - } -} - - -SCString :: SCString -( - SCString* pStringObj_0, - SCString* pStringObj_1 -) -{ - // forms a new string object by concatenating the strings in 0 - // and 1 - - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_0 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_1 ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - ProjChar* pProjCh_Init_0 = pStringObj_0 -> pProjCh(); - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Init_0 ); - - ProjChar* pProjCh_Init_1 = pStringObj_1 -> pProjCh(); - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Init_1 ); - - AllocatedSize = (size_t) - ( - STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Init_0 - ) - + - STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Init_1 - ) - - sizeof(ProjChar) // only one null terminator needed - ); - - pProjCh_Val = new ProjChar[ AllocatedSize ]; - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - - // this is always "owned" by the String - STRUTIL_SC_FastCat - ( - pProjCh_Val, - pProjCh_Init_0, - pProjCh_Init_1 - ); - - NumberOfCharacters = ( AllocatedSize / sizeof(ProjChar ) ) - 1; - // doesn't include NULL terminator - - #if SupportHHStuff - { - FDIBMAP FDIBMap_Temp; - - HHFONTS_GetSizeOfSingleLine - ( - &FDIBMap_Temp, - - pProjCh_Val, - pStandardFont - ); - - WidthGivenStandardFont = FDIBMap_Temp . Width; - // width in pixels, to save constant recalc - } - #else - { - FontIndex i = IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS; - - while ( i>0 ) - { - i = (FontIndex)(i-1); - - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = pStringObj_0 -> CalcSize( i ); - R2Size[ i ] . w += pStringObj_1 -> CalcSize( i ) . w; - #endif - - bCanRender[ i ] = - ( - pStringObj_0 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - && - pStringObj_1 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - ); - } - } - #endif - - // Insert at head of list: - { - if ( pFirst ) - { - pFirst -> pPrv = this; - } - - pNxt = pFirst; - pPrv = NULL; - - pFirst = this; - } - - } -} - - -SCString :: SCString -( - SCString* pStringObj_0, - SCString* pStringObj_1, - SCString* pStringObj_2 -) -{ - // forms a new string object by concatenating the strings in 0, 1 and 2 - - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_0 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_1 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_2 ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - // Insert at head of list: - { - if ( pFirst ) - { - pFirst -> pPrv = this; - } - - pNxt = pFirst; - pPrv = NULL; - - pFirst = this; - } - - SCString* pStringObj_Intermediate = new SCString - ( - pStringObj_1, - pStringObj_2 - ); - - { - - ProjChar* pProjCh_Init_0 = pStringObj_0 -> pProjCh(); - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Init_0 ); - - ProjChar* pProjCh_Intermediate = pStringObj_Intermediate -> pProjCh(); - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Intermediate ); - - AllocatedSize = (size_t) - ( - STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Init_0 - ) - + - STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Intermediate - ) - - sizeof(ProjChar) // only one null terminator needed - ); - - pProjCh_Val = new ProjChar[ AllocatedSize ]; - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - // this is always "owned" by the String - STRUTIL_SC_FastCat - ( - pProjCh_Val, - pProjCh_Init_0, - pProjCh_Intermediate - ); - - NumberOfCharacters = ( AllocatedSize / sizeof(ProjChar ) ) - 1; - // doesn't include NULL terminator - - #if SupportHHStuff - { - FDIBMAP FDIBMap_Temp; - - HHFONTS_GetSizeOfSingleLine - ( - &FDIBMap_Temp, - - pProjCh_Val, - pStandardFont - ); - - WidthGivenStandardFont = FDIBMap_Temp . Width; - // width in pixels, to save constant recalc - } - #else - { - FontIndex i = IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS; - - while ( i>0 ) - { - i = (FontIndex)(i-1); - - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = pStringObj_0 -> CalcSize( i ); - R2Size[ i ] . w += - ( - pStringObj_1 -> CalcSize( i ) . w - + - pStringObj_2 -> CalcSize( i ) . w - ); - #endif - - bCanRender[ i ] = - ( - pStringObj_0 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - && - pStringObj_1 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - && - pStringObj_2 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - ); - } - } - #endif - } - - - pStringObj_Intermediate -> R_Release(); - - } -} - -SCString :: SCString -( - SCString* pStringObj_0, - SCString* pStringObj_1, - SCString* pStringObj_2, - SCString* pStringObj_3 -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_0 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_1 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_2 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_3 ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - // Insert at head of list: - { - if ( pFirst ) - { - pFirst -> pPrv = this; - } - - pNxt = pFirst; - pPrv = NULL; - - pFirst = this; - } - - SCString* pStringObj_Intermediate = new SCString - ( - pStringObj_1, - pStringObj_2, - pStringObj_3 - ); - - { - - ProjChar* pProjCh_Init_0 = pStringObj_0 -> pProjCh(); - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Init_0 ); - - ProjChar* pProjCh_Intermediate = pStringObj_Intermediate -> pProjCh(); - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Intermediate ); - - AllocatedSize = (size_t) - ( - STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Init_0 - ) - + - STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Intermediate - ) - - sizeof(ProjChar) // only one null terminator needed - ); - - pProjCh_Val = new ProjChar[ AllocatedSize ]; - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - // this is always "owned" by the String - STRUTIL_SC_FastCat - ( - pProjCh_Val, - pProjCh_Init_0, - pProjCh_Intermediate - ); - - NumberOfCharacters = ( AllocatedSize / sizeof(ProjChar ) ) - 1; - // doesn't include NULL terminator - - #if SupportHHStuff - { - FDIBMAP FDIBMap_Temp; - - HHFONTS_GetSizeOfSingleLine - ( - &FDIBMap_Temp, - - pProjCh_Val, - pStandardFont - ); - - WidthGivenStandardFont = FDIBMap_Temp . Width; - // width in pixels, to save constant recalc - } - #else - { - FontIndex i = IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS; - - while ( i>0 ) - { - i = (FontIndex)(i-1); - - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = pStringObj_0 -> CalcSize( i ); - R2Size[ i ] . w += - ( - pStringObj_1 -> CalcSize( i ) . w - + - pStringObj_2 -> CalcSize( i ) . w - + - pStringObj_3 -> CalcSize( i ) . w - ); - #endif - - bCanRender[ i ] = - ( - pStringObj_0 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - && - pStringObj_1 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - && - pStringObj_2 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - && - pStringObj_3 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - ); - } - } - #endif - } - - - pStringObj_Intermediate -> R_Release(); - - } -} - - -SCString :: SCString -( - SCString* pStringObj_0, - SCString* pStringObj_1, - SCString* pStringObj_2, - SCString* pStringObj_3, - SCString* pStringObj_4 -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_0 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_1 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_2 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_3 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj_4 ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - // Insert at head of list: - { - if ( pFirst ) - { - pFirst -> pPrv = this; - } - - pNxt = pFirst; - pPrv = NULL; - - pFirst = this; - } - - SCString* pStringObj_Intermediate = new SCString - ( - pStringObj_1, - pStringObj_2, - pStringObj_3, - pStringObj_4 - ); - - { - - ProjChar* pProjCh_Init_0 = pStringObj_0 -> pProjCh(); - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Init_0 ); - - ProjChar* pProjCh_Intermediate = pStringObj_Intermediate -> pProjCh(); - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Intermediate ); - - AllocatedSize = (size_t) - ( - STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Init_0 - ) - + - STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - pProjCh_Intermediate - ) - - sizeof(ProjChar) // only one null terminator needed - ); - - pProjCh_Val = new ProjChar[ AllocatedSize ]; - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - // this is always "owned" by the String - STRUTIL_SC_FastCat - ( - pProjCh_Val, - pProjCh_Init_0, - pProjCh_Intermediate - ); - - NumberOfCharacters = ( AllocatedSize / sizeof(ProjChar ) ) - 1; - // doesn't include NULL terminator - - #if SupportHHStuff - { - FDIBMAP FDIBMap_Temp; - - HHFONTS_GetSizeOfSingleLine - ( - &FDIBMap_Temp, - - pProjCh_Val, - pStandardFont - ); - - WidthGivenStandardFont = FDIBMap_Temp . Width; - // width in pixels, to save constant recalc - } - #else - { - FontIndex i = IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS; - - while ( i>0 ) - { - i = (FontIndex)(i-1); - - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = pStringObj_0 -> CalcSize( i ); - R2Size[ i ] . w += - ( - pStringObj_1 -> CalcSize( i ) . w - + - pStringObj_2 -> CalcSize( i ) . w - + - pStringObj_3 -> CalcSize( i ) . w - + - pStringObj_4 -> CalcSize( i ) . w - ); - #endif - - bCanRender[ i ] = - ( - pStringObj_0 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - && - pStringObj_1 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - && - pStringObj_2 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - && - pStringObj_3 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - && - pStringObj_4 -> bCanRenderFully( i ) - ); - } - } - #endif - } - - - pStringObj_Intermediate -> R_Release(); - - } -} - - -SCString :: SCString -( - List<ProjChar> List_ProjChar -) -{ - { - AllocatedSize = (size_t) (List_ProjChar . size() + 1) * sizeof(ProjChar); - - pProjCh_Val = new ProjChar[ AllocatedSize ]; - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - - #if 1 - { - ProjChar* pDst = pProjCh_Val; - - for - ( - LIF<ProjChar> oi(&(List_ProjChar)); - !oi.done(); - oi.next() - ) - { - *(pDst++) = oi(); - } - - // Write terminator: - *pDst = 0; - } - #else - STRUTIL_SC_StrCpy - ( - pProjCh_Val, - pProjCh_Init - ); - #endif - - NumberOfCharacters = ( AllocatedSize / sizeof(ProjChar ) ) - 1; - // doesn't include NULL terminator - - #if SupportHHStuff - { - FDIBMAP FDIBMap_Temp; - - HHFONTS_GetSizeOfSingleLine - ( - &FDIBMap_Temp, - - pProjCh_Val, - pStandardFont - ); - - WidthGivenStandardFont = FDIBMap_Temp . Width; - // width in pixels, to save constant recalc - } - #else - { - FontIndex i = IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS; - - while ( i>0 ) - { - i = (FontIndex)(i-1); - - IndexedFont* pFont = IndexedFont :: GetFont( i ); - - if ( pFont ) - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = pFont -> CalcSize - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - #endif - bCanRender[ i ] = pFont -> bCanRenderFully - ( - pProjCh_Val - ); - } - else - { - #if EnableSizeData - R2Size[ i ] = r2size(0,0); - #endif - bCanRender[ i ] = No; - } - } - } - #endif - - // Insert at head of list: - { - if ( pFirst ) - { - pFirst -> pPrv = this; - } - - pNxt = pFirst; - pPrv = NULL; - - pFirst = this; - } - } - -} - - -#if SupportHHStuff -void SCString :: GetSizeOfSingleLineGivenStandardFont -( - FDIBMAP* pFDIBMap_Out -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pFDIBMap_Out ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - pFDIBMap_Out -> Width = WidthGivenStandardFont; - - pFDIBMap_Out -> Height = HHFONTS_GetMaxHeight - ( - pStandardFont - ); - } -} - -FDIBMAP SCString :: GetSizeOfSingleLineGivenStandardFont(void) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - } - - /* CODE */ - { - FDIBMAP FDIBMap_Temp; - - FDIBMap_Temp . Width = WidthGivenStandardFont; - - FDIBMap_Temp . Height = HHFONTS_GetMaxHeight - ( - pStandardFont - ); - - return FDIBMap_Temp; - } -} - -int SCString :: GetWidthOfSingleLineGivenStandardFont(void) -{ - return WidthGivenStandardFont; -} - -FDIQUAD SCString :: MinFDIQuadForSCStringAtPos -( - FDIPOS FDIPos -) -{ - FDIQUAD FDIQuad_Temp = FDIQuad - ( - FDIPos . LeftX, - FDIPos . TopY, - WidthGivenStandardFont, - HHFONTS_GetMaxHeight - ( - pStandardFont - ) - ); - - return FDIQuad_Temp; -} -#endif - -/*static*/ void SCString :: UpdateAfterFontChange( FontIndex I_Font_Changed ) -{ - // called by the font code whenever fonts are loaded/unloaded - - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( I_Font_Changed < IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - IndexedFont* pFont = IndexedFont :: GetFont( I_Font_Changed ); - - SCString* pSCString = pFirst; - - while ( pSCString ) - { - if ( pFont ) - { - #if EnableSizeData - pSCString -> R2Size[ I_Font_Changed ] = pFont -> CalcSize - ( - pSCString -> pProjCh_Val - ); - #endif - - pSCString -> bCanRender[ I_Font_Changed ] = pFont -> bCanRenderFully - ( - pSCString -> pProjCh_Val - ); - } - else - { - #if EnableSizeData - pSCString -> R2Size[ I_Font_Changed ] = r2size(0,0); - #endif - - pSCString -> bCanRender[ I_Font_Changed ] = No; - } - - pSCString = pSCString -> pNxt; - } - } -} - -/*static*/ List<SCString*> SCString :: Parse -( - ProjChar* pProjChar_Start -) -{ - // takes a string and builds a list of new SCStrings, in which - // each string in the list consists of non-whitespace characters from - // the input, and the whitespace is used to separate individual - // strings - - // I call the strings "words" - - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pProjChar_Start ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - List<SCString*> List_Return; - - ProjChar* pProjChar_Iterate = pProjChar_Start; - int NumCharsNonWhitespace = 0; - - while - ( - *pProjChar_Iterate - ) - { - if - ( - *pProjChar_Iterate == ' ' - ) - { - // Whitespace: - if ( NumCharsNonWhitespace > 0 ) - { - // End of a word; add the string to the list: - List_Return . add_entry - ( - new SCString - ( - pProjChar_Start, - NumCharsNonWhitespace - ) - ); - NumCharsNonWhitespace = 0; - } - else - { - // Already processing a block of whitespace; do nothing - } - } - else - { - // Non-whitespace: - if ( NumCharsNonWhitespace > 0 ) - { - // In the middle of a word: - } - else - { - // Start of a word: - pProjChar_Start = pProjChar_Iterate; - } - - NumCharsNonWhitespace++; - - } - - pProjChar_Iterate++; - } - - // End of the string; flush any remaining whitespace: - if ( NumCharsNonWhitespace > 0 ) - { - List_Return . add_entry - ( - new SCString - ( - pProjChar_Start, - NumCharsNonWhitespace - ) - ); - } - - return List_Return; - } -} - - -//private: -SCString :: ~SCString() -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Val ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - delete[] pProjCh_Val; - - // Remove from list: - { - if ( pFirst == this ) - { - pFirst = pNxt; - } - else - { - pPrv -> pNxt = pNxt; - } - - if (pNxt) - { - pNxt -> pPrv = pPrv; - } - } - - } -} - -#if SupportHHStuff -HHStringTable* STRUTIL_LoadStringTable(char* Filename,Failure_Behaviour FailBehav) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(Filename); - } - /* CODE */ - { - /* Allocate memory for a table of pointers to strings in memory */ - HHStringTable* pHHST= (HHStringTable*)AllocateMem - ( - sizeof(HHStringTable) - ); - - if (!pHHST) - { - /* Out of memory */ - - return 0; - } - else - { - - /* Load the file into a buffer in memory */ - OurByteBuffer ByteBuf; - OurByte* pTextBuffer; - - { - /* clear the pointers in the new string table */ - int i = MAX_ENTRIES_PER_STRING_TABLE; - while (i>0) - { - i--; - - pHHST -> pStringObj[i] = NULL; - } - - } - - HHFILE_LoadLogicalFile - ( - Filename, - FailBehav, - &ByteBuf - ); - - pTextBuffer=ByteBuf.pbData; - - if (!pTextBuffer) - { - /* Error loading file */ - return 0; - } - else - { - /* Build table of string pointers in the buffer */ - - #define START_OF_COMMENT_TC ('#') - #define END_OF_COMMENT_TC (0x0D) - #define SKIP_TC (0x0A) - - /* - Scan through loaded buffer, finding strings, making copies with NULL termination, - until you reach the end (can be signified by EOF or by two successive # characters - without intermediate end-of-comment chars) - - When done, free up loaded buffer. - */ - - OurByte* pbExtract=pTextBuffer; - unsigned int CountChars=0; - OurBool StillGoing=Yes; - - OurBool FoundStartChar=No; - OurBool FoundEndChar=No; - ProjChar* pChStart=NULL; - unsigned int CountSinceEndChar=0; - unsigned int SkipChars=0; - - pHHST->NumEntries_Val=0; - - while - ( - (CountChars<(ByteBuf.NumBytes)) - && - (StillGoing) - ) - { - ProjChar TChar=(ProjChar)*pbExtract; - - switch (TChar) - { - case SKIP_TC: - /* Skip this char */ - { - SkipChars++; - } - break; - - case START_OF_COMMENT_TC: - if (FoundStartChar) - { - /* Two successive StartOf.. TChars without a EndOf... are a termination sequence */ - StillGoing=No; - } - else - { - /* It is the start of a comment */ - FoundStartChar=Yes; - } - break; - case END_OF_COMMENT_TC: - if (FoundEndChar) - { - /* This is the terminating character of a string; copy it up */ - LOCALASSERT(pChStart); - - /* copy it up here...*/ - #if LimitedStringLengths - LOCALASSERT(CountSinceEndChar<MAX_STRING_LENGTH); - #endif - - { - ProjChar* NewString=(ProjChar*)AllocateMem((CountSinceEndChar+1)*sizeof(ProjChar)); - - if (!NewString) - { - /* Out of memory... */ - strutil_Failure(FailBehav); - - } - else - { - /* Copy up chars, except for SKIP_TC... */ - ProjChar* pSrc=pChStart; - ProjChar* pDst=NewString; - - int i; - for (i=0;i<(CountSinceEndChar+SkipChars);i++) - { - ProjChar ChSrc=*(pSrc++); - - if (ChSrc!=SKIP_TC) - { - *(pDst++)=ChSrc; - } - } - - STRUTIL_SC_WriteTerminator(pDst); - - GLOBALASSERT(pHHST->NumEntries() < MAX_ENTRIES_PER_STRING_TABLE); - - #if 1 - pHHST->pStringObj[ (pHHST->NumEntries_Val++) ] = new SCString - ( - NewString - ); // you get an automatic reference when you construct it. - - DeallocateMem( NewString ); - - #else - pHHST->pEntry[(pHHST->NumEntries_Val++)]=NewString; - #endif - - - } - } - - FoundEndChar=No; - FoundStartChar=No; - CountSinceEndChar=0; - SkipChars=0; - pChStart=NULL; - } - else - { - if (FoundStartChar) - { - /* Then this signifies the end of a comment and the start of the string */ - FoundEndChar=Yes; - CountSinceEndChar=0; - SkipChars=0; - - /* Start extracting string from next character onwards...*/ - pChStart=(pbExtract+1); - } - /* else it is padding; ignore */ - - } - - break; - default: - /* It is a normal character...*/ - if (FoundEndChar) - { - CountSinceEndChar++; - } - - break; - } - - /* On to next character */ - pbExtract++; - CountChars++; - } - - - DeallocateMem(pTextBuffer); - - #if (debug && LogStringTables ) - { - int i; - char Temp[200]; - - sprintf(Temp,"Loaded string table:\"%s\"",Filename); - DAVELOG(Temp); - - sprintf(Temp,"Number of strings=%i",pHHST->NumEntries); - DAVELOG(Temp); - - for (i=0;i<pHHST->NumEntries();i++) - { - GLOBALASSERT(pHHST->pStringObj[i]); - - if - ( - STRUTIL_SC_Strlen - ( - pHHST -> pStringObj[i] -> pProjCh() - ) < 100 - ) - { - sprintf - ( - Temp, - "Entry %3i=\"%s\"", - i, - pHHST -> pStringObj[i] -> pProjCh() - ); - DAVELOG(Temp); - } - else - { - DAVELOG("String too long to log"); - } - } - sprintf(Temp,"End of string table:\"%s\"",Filename); - DAVELOG(Temp); - } - #endif - - // Clear the lazy evaluation table: - { - MCSCString** ppMCStringObj_Clear = &(pHHST -> pMCStringObj[ 0 ][ 0 ]); - - for ( int i=pHHST->NumEntries(); i>0; i--) - { - for ( int j = NUM_BASE_COLOURS; j > 0; j-- ) - { - *(ppMCStringObj_Clear++) = NULL; - } - } - } - - /* Return a pointer to this table */ - return pHHST; - } - } - } -} - -void STRUTIL_UnloadStringTable(HHStringTable* pHHST) -/* This function DOES deallocate the passed structure */ -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(pHHST); - } - /* CODE */ - { - /* Kill off strings in table */ - int i; - - for (i=0;i<pHHST->NumEntries();i++) - { - #if 1 - LOCALASSERT( pHHST->pStringObj[i] ); - pHHST -> pStringObj[i] -> R_Release(); - #else - LOCALASSERT(pHHST->pEntry[i]); - DeallocateMem(pHHST->pEntry[i]); - #endif - } - - // R_Release any refs in the lazy evaluation table: - { - for (i=0;i<pHHST->NumEntries();i++) - { - for ( int j=0; j< NUM_BASE_COLOURS; j++ ) - { - if ( pHHST -> pMCStringObj[i][j] ) - { - pHHST -> pMCStringObj[ i ][ j ] -> R_Release(); - } - } - } - } - - /* Kill off table of pointers */ - DeallocateMem(pHHST); - } -} - -ProjChar* STRUTIL_SC_GetString(HHStringTable* pHHST,unsigned int StrNum) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(pHHST); - GLOBALASSERT(StrNum<pHHST->NumEntries()); - GLOBALASSERT(StrNum< MAX_ENTRIES_PER_STRING_TABLE); - } - /* CODE */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pHHST -> pStringObj[StrNum] ); - GLOBALASSERT( pHHST -> pStringObj[StrNum] -> pProjCh() ); - - return pHHST -> pStringObj[StrNum] -> pProjCh(); - } -} - -unsigned int STRUTIL_GetNumEntries -( - HHStringTable* pHHST -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(pHHST); - } - /* CODE */ - { - unsigned int ReturnVal = pHHST -> NumEntries(); - GLOBALASSERT( ReturnVal <= MAX_ENTRIES_PER_STRING_TABLE); - - return ReturnVal; - } -} - -SCString* STRUTIL_GetSCString -( - HHStringTable* pHHST, - unsigned int StrNum -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(pHHST); - GLOBALASSERT(StrNum<pHHST->NumEntries()); - GLOBALASSERT(StrNum< MAX_ENTRIES_PER_STRING_TABLE); - } - /* CODE */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pHHST -> pStringObj[StrNum] ); - GLOBALASSERT - ( - pHHST -> pStringObj[StrNum] -> CheckRef() - > - 0 - ); - // check that the reference count is above zero - // otherwise some code has messed up the reference - // count and the string will have been deallocated... - - pHHST -> pStringObj[StrNum] -> R_AddRef(); - - return pHHST -> pStringObj[StrNum]; - } -} - -SCString* hhstringtablestruct :: GetSCString -( - unsigned int StrNum -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(StrNum< NumEntries() ); - GLOBALASSERT(StrNum< MAX_ENTRIES_PER_STRING_TABLE); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pStringObj[StrNum] ); - GLOBALASSERT - ( - pStringObj[StrNum] -> CheckRef() - > - 0 - ); - // check that the reference count is above zero - // otherwise some code has messed up the reference - // count and the string will have been deallocated... - - pStringObj[StrNum] -> R_AddRef(); - - return pStringObj[StrNum]; - } -} - -MCSCString* hhstringtablestruct :: GetMCSCString -( - unsigned int StrNum, - LogicalColour LogCol -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(StrNum< NumEntries() ); - GLOBALASSERT(StrNum< MAX_ENTRIES_PER_STRING_TABLE); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - // Lazily evaluate: - if - ( - NULL == pMCStringObj[ StrNum ][ LogCol ] - ) - { - // no updating of reference count of SCString - // due to direct access to the array - pMCStringObj[ StrNum ][ LogCol ] = new MCSCString - ( - pStringObj[StrNum], - LogCol - ); - } - - GLOBALASSERT( pMCStringObj[ StrNum ][ LogCol ] ); - - pMCStringObj[ StrNum ][ LogCol ] -> R_AddRef(); - - return pMCStringObj[ StrNum ][ LogCol ]; - } -} - - - - - -#if debug -void STRUTIL_Diagnostics(void) -{ - /* CODE */ - { - #if 0 - int i; - - for (i=0;i<pHHST_UserInterface->NumEntries;i++) - { - GLOBALASSERT(strlen(pHHST_UserInterface->pEntry[0])<90); - textprint("String %i = \"%s\"\n",i,pHHST_UserInterface->pEntry[i]); - } - #endif - } - - #if 0 - { - int i; - - for - textprint("%50s",pHHST_UserInterface->pEntry[0]); - } - #endif -} -#endif - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ -static void strutil_Failure(Failure_Behaviour FailBehav) -{ - /* unwritten */ - - return; -} -#endif // SupportHHStuff - diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/scstring.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/scstring.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index 257cfdc..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/scstring.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -/* - - scstring.hpp - -*/ - -#ifndef _scstring -#define _scstring 1 - - #define SupportHHStuff No - - #ifndef _refobj - #include "refobj.hpp" - #endif - - #ifndef _ourbool - #include "ourbool.h" - #endif - - #if SupportHHStuff - #ifndef HHSTRING - #include "hhstring.h" - #endif - - #ifndef FDIPUB_INCLUDED - #include "fdipub.h" - #endif - #else - #ifndef _projtext - #include "projtext.h" - #endif - - #ifndef _projfont - #include "projfont.h" - #endif - - #ifndef _r2base - #include "r2base.h" - #endif - - #endif - - #ifndef list_template_hpp - #include "list_tem.hpp" - #endif - - #define EnableSizeData Yes - - class SCString : public RefCountObject - { - public: - ProjChar* pProjCh(void) const; - - SCString - ( - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Init - ); // you get an automatic reference when you construct it. - - SCString - ( - signed int Number - ); - - SCString - ( - unsigned int Number - ); - // forms a new string object that describes the number passed - // standard decimal representation - - SCString - ( - float Number - ); - // the string is to a standard number of decimal places - - - SCString - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Init, - unsigned int Length - ); - // Forms a string of length at most Length (with 1 extra for NULL-terminator) - - SCString - ( - SCString* pStringObj_0, - SCString* pStringObj_1 - ); - // forms a new string object by concatenating the strings in 0 - // and 1 - - SCString - ( - SCString* pStringObj_0, - SCString* pStringObj_1, - SCString* pStringObj_2 - ); - // forms a new string object by concatenating the strings in 0, 1 and 2 - - SCString - ( - SCString* pStringObj_0, - SCString* pStringObj_1, - SCString* pStringObj_2, - SCString* pStringObj_3 - ); - // forms a new string object by concatenating the strings; - // implementation is _slow_ - - SCString - ( - SCString* pStringObj_0, - SCString* pStringObj_1, - SCString* pStringObj_2, - SCString* pStringObj_3, - SCString* pStringObj_4 - ); - // forms a new string object by concatenating the strings; - // implementation is _slow_ - - SCString - ( - List<ProjChar> List_ProjChar - ); - - #if SupportHHStuff - void GetSizeOfSingleLineGivenStandardFont - ( - FDIBMAP* pFDIBMap_Out - ); - FDIBMAP GetSizeOfSingleLineGivenStandardFont(void); - int GetWidthOfSingleLineGivenStandardFont(void); - - FDIQUAD MinFDIQuadForSCStringAtPos - ( - FDIPOS FDIPos - ); - #else - r2size CalcSize - ( - FontIndex I_Font - ); - // Size for this string drawn on a single line in the specified font - // Behaviour is not fully defined when unprintable characters occur in the string - - OurBool bCanRenderFully( FontIndex I_Font ); - // can this string be fully rendered by the font (not all fonts support - // all characters) ? - - static void UpdateAfterFontChange( FontIndex I_Font_Changed ); - // called by the font code whenever fonts are loaded/unloaded - #endif - - unsigned int GetNumChars(void); - - void ProcessAnyCheatCodes(void); - - void SendToScreen(void); - // adds this as a new on-screen message - - static List<SCString*> Parse - ( - ProjChar* pProjChar_In - ); - // takes a string and builds a list of new SCStrings, in which - // each string in the list consists of non-whitespace characters from - // the input, and the whitespace is used to separate individual - // strings - - #if TrackReferenceCounted - void DumpIDForReferenceDump(R_DumpContext& theContext) const; - #endif - - private: - ~SCString(); - // private destructor; only called when reference count hits zero - - ProjChar* pProjCh_Val; - // this is always "owned" by the String execpt when - // fAllocFailure is set - - int NumberOfCharacters; - // doesn't include NULL terminator - - #if SupportHHStuff - int WidthGivenStandardFont; - // width in pixels, to save constant recalc - #else - #if EnableSizeData - r2size R2Size[ IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS ]; - #endif - - OurBool bCanRender[ IndexedFonts_MAX_NUMBER_OF_FONTS ]; - #endif - - size_t AllocatedSize; - // this includes the NULL terminator - - // Maintain an intrusive doubly-linked list - // so that you can find all the strings when a font is loaded/unloaded - // and hence update their data - // Strings are added to the front of the list upon construction - SCString* pNxt; - SCString* pPrv; - static SCString* pFirst; - }; // Naming: "StringObj" - - // Inline methods: - #if !SupportHHStuff - #if EnableSizeData - inline r2size SCString::CalcSize - ( - FontIndex I_Font - ) - { - return R2Size[ I_Font ]; - } - #endif - - inline OurBool SCString::bCanRenderFully( FontIndex I_Font ) - { - return bCanRender[ I_Font ]; - } - #endif // !SupportHHStuff - - inline unsigned int SCString::GetNumChars(void) - { - return NumberOfCharacters; - } - - #if SupportHHStuff - extern SCString* HHSTRING_GetSCString - ( - HHStringTable* pHHST, - unsigned int StrNum - ); - // The result is guaranteed to be non-NULL if you pick a valid - // StrNum. - - // Remember to call R_AddRef() if you use the result - // NO LONGER THE CASE!!!! - #endif - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif - - diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/strtab.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/strtab.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 74a367d..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/strtab.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: strtab.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 12 Nov 97 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "strtab.hpp" - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_ScreenCentre; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ -#if OnlyOneStringTable - /*static*/ SCString* StringTable :: pSCString[ MAX_NO_OF_TEXTSTRINGS ]; - /*static*/ unsigned int StringTable :: NumStrings = 0; -#endif - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -// class StringTable -// public: -/*STRINGTABLE_DECL_SPECIFIER*/ SCString& StringTable :: GetSCString -( - enum TEXTSTRING_ID stringID -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( stringID < MAX_NO_OF_TEXTSTRINGS ); - GLOBALASSERT( pSCString[ stringID ] ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - pSCString[ stringID ] -> R_AddRef(); - return *( pSCString[ stringID ] ); - } -} - - -/*STRINGTABLE_DECL_SPECIFIER*/ void StringTable :: Add( ProjChar* pProjChar ) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( NumStrings < MAX_NO_OF_TEXTSTRINGS ); - GLOBALASSERT( pSCString[ NumStrings ] == 0 ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - pSCString[ NumStrings++ ] = new SCString( pProjChar ); - } -} - -#if OnlyOneStringTable -/*static*/ void StringTable :: Unload(void) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - } - - /* CODE */ - { - while ( NumStrings ) - { - pSCString[ --NumStrings ] -> R_Release(); - } - } -} -#else -StringTable :: StringTable() -{ - NumStrings = 0; -} - -StringTable :: ~StringTable() -{ - while ( NumStrings ) - { - pSCString[ --NumStrings ] -> R_Release(); - } -} -#endif - - -// private: - -// C-callable functions: -#if OnlyOneStringTable -extern void AddToTable( ProjChar* pProjChar ) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pProjChar ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - StringTable :: Add( pProjChar ); - } -} - -extern void UnloadTable(void) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - } - - /* CODE */ - { - StringTable :: Unload(); - } -} -#endif - - - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/strtab.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/strtab.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index da4bd6d..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/strtab.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -/* - - strtab.hpp - -*/ - -#ifndef _strtab -#define _strtab 1 - - #ifndef _projtext - #include "projtext.h" - #endif - - #ifndef _langenum_h_ - #include "langenum.h" - #endif - - #ifdef __cplusplus - #ifndef _scstring - #include "scstring.hpp" - #endif - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - #define OnlyOneStringTable Yes - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - #if OnlyOneStringTable - #define STRINGTABLE_DECL_SPECIFIER static - #else - #define STRINGTABLE_DECL_SPECIFIER - #endif - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - #ifdef __cplusplus - class StringTable - { - public: - STRINGTABLE_DECL_SPECIFIER SCString& GetSCString - ( - enum TEXTSTRING_ID stringID - ); - - STRINGTABLE_DECL_SPECIFIER void Add( ProjChar* pProjChar ); - - #if OnlyOneStringTable - static void Unload(void); - #else - StringTable(); - ~StringTable(); - #endif - - private: - STRINGTABLE_DECL_SPECIFIER unsigned int NumStrings; - STRINGTABLE_DECL_SPECIFIER SCString* pSCString[ MAX_NO_OF_TEXTSTRINGS ]; - }; - #endif // __cplusplus - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - #if OnlyOneStringTable - extern void AddToTable( ProjChar* pProjChar ); - extern void UnloadTable(void); - #endif - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/strutil.c b/3dc/avp/support/strutil.c deleted file mode 100644 index 8175a2e..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/strutil.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,834 +0,0 @@ -/* - - STRUTIL.C - - Created 13/11/97 by David Malcolm from Headhunter code: more carefully specified - versions of the C string library functions, to act on ProjChars - rather than chars - -*/ - -#include "3dc.h" - -#include "strutil.h" - -#if 0 -#include "hhfile.h" - -#include "hhcolour.h" - -#include "daveserr.h" - -#include "inouttxt.h" -#include "menutxt.h" - -#include "davelog.h" -#endif - -#define UseLocalAssert Yes -#include "ourasert.h" - - - -/* VERSION DEFINES */ -#define LogStringTables No - -#define MAX_ENTRIES_PER_STRING_TABLE (200) -#define LimitedStringLengths Yes -#if LimitedStringLengths -#define MAX_STRING_LENGTH (30000) -#endif - -/* TYPE DEFINITIONS */ -#if 0 -static HHMCTC HHMCTS_Terminator={'\0',LogCol_OpaqueBlack}; -#endif - -/* EXPORTED GLOBALS */ - -#if 0 -HHStringTable* pHHST_UserInterface = NULL; -HHStringTable* pHHST_MenuText = NULL; - -HHMCTC* HHMCTS_Blank=&HHMCTS_Terminator; -#endif - -/* EXPORTED FUNCTION PROTOTYPES */ -#if 0 -void STRUTIL_Init(void) -{ - pHHST_UserInterface=STRUTIL_LoadStringTable("hh/testdata/inout.txt",OnFailure_ExitSystem); - - LOCALASSERT(pHHST_UserInterface); - /* - If error loading text file containing the error message text strings, - there is no real way to generate an error message... - */ - LOCALASSERT - ( - STRUTIL_GetNumEntries - ( - pHHST_UserInterface - ) - == - NUM_IN_OUT_TXT_MESSAGES - ); - - /* If we reach here, user interface messages have been loaded Ok... */ - - - pHHST_MenuText = STRUTIL_LoadStringTable - ( - "hh/testdata/menu.txt", - OnFailure_ExitSystem - ); - LOCALASSERT( pHHST_MenuText ); - LOCALASSERT - ( - STRUTIL_GetNumEntries - ( - pHHST_MenuText - ) - == - NUM_MENU_TXT_MESSAGES - ); - -} - -void STRUTIL_Destroy(void) -{ - LOCALASSERT(pHHST_UserInterface); - - STRUTIL_UnloadStringTable(pHHST_UserInterface); - - LOCALASSERT(pHHST_MenuText); - - STRUTIL_UnloadStringTable(pHHST_MenuText); - -} -#endif - -void STRUTIL_SC_WriteTerminator(ProjChar* pProjCh) -{ - /* Supplied as a function in case we switch to double-byte character sets */ - - *pProjCh='\0'; - -} - -#if 0 -void STRUTIL_MC_WriteTerminator -( - HHMCTC* pHHMCTC -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pHHMCTC); - /* Supplied as a function in case we switch to double-byte character sets */ - - pHHMCTC->Char='\0'; -} -#endif - - -/* Ansi to HHTS conversion ********************************************/ -OurBool STRUTIL_ANSI_To_ProjChar -( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Out, - unsigned int MaxSize, /* includes NULL-terminator; truncates after this */ - - LPTSTR lptszANSI_In -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh_Out); - GLOBALASSERT(lptszANSI_In); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - /* For the moment: */ - return STRUTIL_SC_SafeCopy - ( - pProjCh_Out, - MaxSize, - - lptszANSI_In - ); - } -} - -OurBool STRUTIL_ProjChar_To_ANSI -( - LPTSTR lptszANSI_Out, - unsigned int MaxSize, /* includes NULL-terminator; truncates after this */ - -ProjChar* pProjCh_In -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(lptszANSI_Out); - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh_In); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - /* For the moment: */ - return STRUTIL_SC_SafeCopy - ( - lptszANSI_Out, - MaxSize, - - pProjCh_In - ); - } -} - -unsigned int STRUTIL_SC_Strlen -( - const ProjChar* String -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(String); - - return strlen(String); -} - -#if 0 -unsigned int STRUTIL_MC_Strlen -( - HHMCTC* MCString -) -{ - unsigned int Count=0; - - while (MCString->Char!='\0') - { - MCString++; - Count++; - } - return Count; -} -#endif - - -ProjChar* STRUTIL_SC_StrCpy -( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Dst, - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Src -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh_Dst); - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh_Src); - - return (strcpy(pProjCh_Dst,pProjCh_Src)); -} - -void STRUTIL_SC_FastCat -( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Dst, - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Src_0, - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Src_1 -) -{ - /* This function assumes the destination area is large enough; - it copies Src0 followed by Src1 to the dest area. - */ - - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Dst ); - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Src_0 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Src_1 ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - while ( *pProjCh_Src_0 ) - { - *( pProjCh_Dst++ ) = *( pProjCh_Src_0++ ); - } - while ( *pProjCh_Src_1 ) - { - *( pProjCh_Dst++ ) = *( pProjCh_Src_1++ ); - } - - /* Write terminator */ - *pProjCh_Dst = 0; - } -} - - -OurBool STRUTIL_SC_Strequal -( - const ProjChar* String1, - const ProjChar* String2 -) -{ -#if 0 - DAVELOG("Comparing strings"); - DAVELOG(String1); - DAVELOG(String2); -#endif - - while - ( - (*String1!='\0') - && - (*String2!='\0') - ) - { - if - ( - (*String1) - != - (*String2) - ) - { - return No; - } - String1++; - String2++; - } - - return - ( - (*String1) - == - (*String2) - ); -} - -OurBool STRUTIL_SC_Strequal_Insensitive -( - const ProjChar* String1, - const ProjChar* String2 -) -{ - - while - ( - (*String1!='\0') - && - (*String2!='\0') - ) - { - if - ( - (tolower(*String1)) - != - (tolower(*String2)) - ) - { - return No; - } - String1++; - String2++; - } - - return - ( - (tolower(*String1)) - == - (tolower(*String2)) - ); -} - - -#if 0 -void STRUTIL_MC_MakeMCTS -( - HHMCTC* DestString, - ProjChar* InputString, - LogicalColour LogCol -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(DestString); - GLOBALASSERT(InputString); - GLOBALASSERT(LogCol<NUM_BASE_COLOURS); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - - while (*InputString) - { - DestString->Char=*InputString; - DestString->LogCol=LogCol; - - InputString++; - DestString++; - } - - STRUTIL_MC_WriteTerminator(DestString); - } -} -#endif - -void STRUTIL_SC_SafeCat -( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Dst, - unsigned int MaxSize, - - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Add -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh_Dst); - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh_Add); - GLOBALASSERT(MaxSize>0); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - unsigned int MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse = (MaxSize - 1); - - while - ( - (*pProjCh_Dst) - && - (MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse>0) - ) - { - pProjCh_Dst++; - MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse--; - } - - while - ( - (*pProjCh_Add) - && - (MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse>0) - ) - { - *pProjCh_Dst = *pProjCh_Add; - - pProjCh_Add++; - pProjCh_Dst++; - - MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse--; - - STRUTIL_SC_WriteTerminator(pProjCh_Dst); - } - } -} - -size_t STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes -( - const ProjChar* String -) -{ - return - ( - sizeof(ProjChar) - * - (STRUTIL_SC_Strlen(String)+1) - ); -} - -#if 0 -size_t STRUTIL_MC_NumBytes(HHMCTC* MCString) -{ - return STRUTIL_MC_LengthToNumBytes - ( - STRUTIL_MC_Strlen(MCString) - ); -} - -size_t STRUTIL_MC_NumBytesFromSC -( - ProjChar* pProjCh -) -{ - return STRUTIL_MC_LengthToNumBytes - ( - STRUTIL_SC_Strlen(pProjCh) - ); -} - -size_t STRUTIL_MC_LengthToNumBytes(unsigned int Length) -{ - return - ( - sizeof(HHMCTC) - * - (Length+1) - ); -} - - -void STRUTIL_MC_CatHHTSOntoMCTS -( - HHMCTC* DestString, - ProjChar* InputString, - LogicalColour LogCol -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(DestString); - GLOBALASSERT(InputString); - GLOBALASSERT(LogCol<NUM_BASE_COLOURS); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - while (DestString->Char) - { - DestString++; - } - - while (*InputString) - { - DestString->Char=*InputString; - DestString->LogCol=LogCol; - - InputString++; - DestString++; - - STRUTIL_MC_WriteTerminator(DestString); - } - } -} - -void STRUTIL_MC_SafeMakeMCTS -( - HHMCTC* DestString, - unsigned int MaxSize, - - ProjChar* InputString, - LogicalColour LogCol -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(DestString); - GLOBALASSERT(InputString); - GLOBALASSERT(LogCol<NUM_BASE_COLOURS); - GLOBALASSERT(MaxSize>0); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - unsigned int MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse = (MaxSize - 1); - - while - ( - (*InputString) - && - (MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse > 0) - ) - { - DestString->Char=*InputString; - DestString->LogCol=LogCol; - - InputString++; - DestString++; - MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse--; - } - - STRUTIL_MC_WriteTerminator(DestString); - } -} - -void STRUTIL_MC_SafeCatHHTSOntoMCTS -( - HHMCTC* DestString, - unsigned int MaxSize, - - ProjChar* AddString, - LogicalColour LogCol -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(DestString); - GLOBALASSERT(AddString); - GLOBALASSERT(LogCol<NUM_BASE_COLOURS); - GLOBALASSERT(MaxSize>0); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - unsigned int MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse = (MaxSize - 1); - - while - ( - (DestString->Char) - && - (MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse>0) - ) - { - DestString++; - MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse--; - } - - while - ( - (*AddString) - && - (MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse>0) - ) - { - DestString->Char=*AddString; - DestString->LogCol=LogCol; - - AddString++; - DestString++; - - MaxNonTerminatingCharsToUse--; - - STRUTIL_MC_WriteTerminator(DestString); - } - } -} - - -OurBool fValidHHMCTS(HHMCTC* MCString) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(MCString); - - { - unsigned int CharCount=0; - - while - ( - (MCString->Char!='\0') -#if LimitedStringLengths - && - (CharCount<MAX_STRING_LENGTH) -#endif - ) - { - if (MCString->LogCol>=NUM_BASE_COLOURS) - { - DAVELOG("Invalid colour in MC String"); - return No; - } - MCString++; - } - - #if LimitedStringLengths - { - if (CharCount>=MAX_STRING_LENGTH) - { - DAVELOG("MC String too long..."); - return No; - } - else - { - return Yes; - } - } - #else - { - return Yes; - } - #endif - - } -} - -HHMCTC STRUTIL_SC_To_MC -( - ProjChar Char, - LogicalColour LogCol -) -{ - HHMCTC ReturnVal; - - ReturnVal. Char = Char; - ReturnVal. LogCol = LogCol; - - return ReturnVal; -} -#endif - -OurBool STRUTIL_SC_SafeCopy -( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Dst, - unsigned int MaxSize, - - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Src -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh_Dst); - GLOBALASSERT(MaxSize > 0); - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh_Src); - - { - unsigned int MaxNonTerminatingCharsToCopy = (MaxSize - 1); - - while - ( - (MaxNonTerminatingCharsToCopy > 0 ) - && - (*pProjCh_Src != 0) - ) - { - MaxNonTerminatingCharsToCopy--; - *(pProjCh_Dst++) = *(pProjCh_Src++); - } - - STRUTIL_SC_WriteTerminator(pProjCh_Dst); - - return ( STRUTIL_SC_fIsTerminator(pProjCh_Src) ); - } - -} - -#if 0 -OurBool STRUTIL_MC_SafeCopy -( - HHMCTC* pHHMCTC_Dst, - unsigned int MaxSize, - - HHMCTC* pHHMCTC_Src - -) -{ - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT(pHHMCTC_Dst); - GLOBALASSERT(MaxSize > 0); - GLOBALASSERT(pHHMCTC_Src); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - #if 1 - HHMCTC* pHHMCTC_StoredDst = pHHMCTC_Dst; - #endif - - { - unsigned int MaxNonTerminatingCharsToCopy = (MaxSize - 1); - - while - ( - (MaxNonTerminatingCharsToCopy > 0 ) - && - (!STRUTIL_MC_fIsTerminator(pHHMCTC_Src)) - ) - { - MaxNonTerminatingCharsToCopy--; - *(pHHMCTC_Dst++) = *(pHHMCTC_Src++); - } - - STRUTIL_MC_WriteTerminator(pHHMCTC_Dst); - - #if 0 - { - char temp[256]; - sprintf - ( - temp, - "STRUTIL_MC_SafeCopy maxsize %i", - MaxSize - ); - DAVELOG(temp); - - { - HHMCTC* pHHMCTC = pHHMCTC_StoredDst; - char* pCh_Out = &temp[0]; - while ( pHHMCTC -> Char != '\0' ) - { - *(pCh_Out++) = ( *(pHHMCTC++) ).Char; - } - *pCh_Out = '\0'; - } - DAVELOG(temp); - } - #endif - - return ( STRUTIL_MC_fIsTerminator(pHHMCTC_Src) ); - - } - } - -} -#endif - -OurBool STRUTIL_SC_fIsTerminator -( - const ProjChar* pProjCh -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pProjCh); - return (*pProjCh == '\0'); -} - -#if 0 -OurBool STRUTIL_MC_fIsTerminator(HHMCTC* pHHMCTC) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pHHMCTC); - return ((pHHMCTC->Char) == '\0'); -} - - -HHMCTC* STRUTIL_MC_StrCpy -( - HHMCTC* pHHMCTC_Dst, - HHMCTC* pHHMCTC_Src -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(pHHMCTC_Dst); - GLOBALASSERT(pHHMCTC_Src); - - while - ( - pHHMCTC_Src->Char != '\0' - ) - { - *(pHHMCTC_Dst++) = *(pHHMCTC_Src++); - } - pHHMCTC_Dst->Char = '\0'; -} - -HHMCTC* STRUTIL_MC_FastCat -( - HHMCTC* pHHMCTC_Dst, - HHMCTC* pHHMCTC_Src_0, - HHMCTC* pHHMCTC_Src_1 -) -{ - /* This function assumes the destination area is large enough; - it copies Src0 followed by Src1 to the dest area. - */ - - /* PRECONDITION */ - { - GLOBALASSERT( pHHMCTC_Dst ); - GLOBALASSERT( pHHMCTC_Src_0 ); - GLOBALASSERT( pHHMCTC_Src_1 ); - } - - /* CODE */ - { - while - ( - (!STRUTIL_MC_fIsTerminator(pHHMCTC_Src_0)) - ) - { - *(pHHMCTC_Dst++) = *(pHHMCTC_Src_0++); - } - - while - ( - (!STRUTIL_MC_fIsTerminator(pHHMCTC_Src_1)) - ) - { - *(pHHMCTC_Dst++) = *(pHHMCTC_Src_1++); - } - - STRUTIL_MC_WriteTerminator(pHHMCTC_Dst); - - return pHHMCTC_Dst; - } -} - - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/strutil.h b/3dc/avp/support/strutil.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0659dca..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/strutil.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@ -/* - - strutil.h - - Created 13/11/97 by David Malcolm: more carefully specified - versions of the C string library functions, to act on ProjChars - rather than chars - -*/ - -#ifndef _strutil -#define _strutil 1 - - #ifndef _projtext - #include "projtext.h" - #endif - - #ifndef _ourbool - #include "ourbool.h" - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - /* String manipulation **********************************************/ - extern void STRUTIL_SC_WriteTerminator - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh - ); - - extern OurBool STRUTIL_SC_fIsTerminator - ( - const ProjChar* pProjCh - ); - - /* Ansi to HHTS conversion ********************************************/ - /* Return value = Yes iff no truncation occurred i.e. the whole string was copied */ - - #if 0 - extern OurBool STRUTIL_ProjChar_To_ANSI - ( - LPTSTR lptszANSI_Out, - unsigned int MaxSize, /* includes NULL-terminator; truncates after this */ - - ProjChar* pProjCh_In - ); - - extern OurBool STRUTIL_ANSI_To_ProjChar - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Out, - unsigned int MaxSize, /* includes NULL-terminator; truncates after this */ - - LPTSTR lptszANSI_In - ); - #endif - - /* Emulation of <string.h> *******************************************/ - extern unsigned int STRUTIL_SC_Strlen - ( - const ProjChar* pProjCh_In - ); - - extern ProjChar* STRUTIL_SC_StrCpy - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Dst, - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Src - ); - - extern void STRUTIL_SC_FastCat - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Dst, - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Src_0, - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Src_1 - ); - /* This function assumes the destination area is large enough; - it copies Src0 followed by Src1 to the dest area. - */ - - extern OurBool STRUTIL_SC_Strequal - ( - const ProjChar* pProjCh_1, - const ProjChar* pProjCh_2 - ); - - extern OurBool STRUTIL_SC_Strequal_Insensitive - ( - const ProjChar* pProjCh_1, - const ProjChar* pProjCh_2 - ); - /* - these functions copy at most MaxSize chars from Src to Dst; this INCLUDES - space used by a NULL terminator (so that you can pass it an array - for the destination together with its size. The return value is - whether the entire string was copied. - */ - extern OurBool STRUTIL_SC_SafeCopy - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Dst, - unsigned int MaxSize, - - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Src - ); - - extern void STRUTIL_SC_SafeCat - ( - ProjChar* pProjCh_Dst, - unsigned int MaxSize, - - const ProjChar* pProjCh_Add - ); - - extern size_t STRUTIL_SC_NumBytes - ( - const ProjChar* pProjCh - ); - - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/tallfont.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/tallfont.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 11f6982..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/tallfont.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1709 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: tallfont.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 18/3/98 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" - - #include "db.h" - #include "dxlog.h" - - #include "tallfont.hpp" - - #include "awTexLd.h" - #include "alt_tab.h" - - #include "ffstdio.h" - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - #define UseSoftwareAlphaRendering Yes - // an option which assumes you're in a 16-bit graphic mode... - - #if UseSoftwareAlphaRendering - #include "inline.h" - #endif - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - - extern unsigned char *ScreenBuffer; - extern long BackBufferPitch; - extern LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE lpDDSBack; - extern DDPIXELFORMAT DisplayPixelFormat; - extern int CloudTable[128][128]; - extern int CloakingPhase; - - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_ScreenCentre; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -// class IndexedFont_Proportional_Column : public IndexedFont_Proportional -// public: -void -IndexedFont_Proportional_Column :: RenderChar_Clipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh -) const -{ - // Easy first attempt: pass on to unclipped routine, but only if no clipping - // required. Otherwise ignore... - if - ( - r2rect - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - GetWidth(ProjCh), - GetHeight() - ) . bFitsIn( R2Rect_Clip ) - ) - { - RenderChar_Unclipped - ( - R2Pos_Cursor, - FixP_Alpha, - ProjCh - ); - } - else - { - R2Pos_Cursor . x += GetWidth(ProjCh); - } -} - -void -IndexedFont_Proportional_Column :: RenderChar_Unclipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh -) const -{ - #if 1 - unsigned int theOffset; - - if (ProjCh == ' ') - { - // Space is a special case: - R2Pos_Cursor . x += SpaceWidth(); - return; - } - - if - ( - GetOffset - ( - theOffset, - ProjCh - ) - ) - { - if - ( - GetWidth(ProjCh)>0 - ) - { - RECT destRect; - - destRect.left = R2Pos_Cursor . x; - destRect.top = R2Pos_Cursor . y; - - R2Pos_Cursor . x += GetWidth(ProjCh); - - destRect.right = R2Pos_Cursor . x++; - destRect.bottom = R2Pos_Cursor . y + GetHeight(); - - RECT tempnonConstRECTSoThatItCanWorkWithMicrosoft = WindowsRectForOffset[ theOffset ]; - - #if 0 - DDBLTFX tempDDBltFx; - - memset(&tempDDBltFx,0,sizeof(DDBLTFX)); - tempDDBltFx . dwSize = sizeof(DDBLTFX); - - tempDDBltFx . ddckSrcColorkey . dwColorSpaceLowValue = 0; - tempDDBltFx . ddckSrcColorkey . dwColorSpaceHighValue = 0; - #endif - - HRESULT ddrval = lpDDSBack->Blt - ( - &destRect, - image_ptr, - &tempnonConstRECTSoThatItCanWorkWithMicrosoft, - ( - DDBLT_WAIT - #if 1 - | DDBLT_KEYSRC - #else - | DDBLT_KEYSRCOVERRIDE - #endif - - #if 0 - | DDBLT_ALPHADEST - #endif - ), - NULL - // &tempDDBltFx // LPDDBLTFX lpDDBltFx - ); - - - #if 0 - // or even: - ddrval = lpDDSBack->BltFast(x, y, - lpDDDbgFont, &source, - DDBLTFAST_WAIT | DDBLTFAST_SRCCOLORKEY); - #endif - - #if 0 - if(ddrval != DD_OK) - { - ReleaseDirect3D(); - exit(0x666009); - } - #endif - } - } - #else - textprintXY - ( - R2Pos_Cursor . x, - R2Pos_Cursor . y, - "%c", - ProjCh - ); - #endif -} - -int -IndexedFont_Proportional_Column :: GetMaxWidth(void) const -{ - return R2Size_OverallImage . w; -} - -int -IndexedFont_Proportional_Column :: GetWidth -( - ProjChar ProjCh_In -) const -{ - unsigned int offsetTemp; - - if (ProjCh_In == ' ') - { - return SpaceWidth(); - } - - if - ( - GetOffset - ( - offsetTemp, - ProjCh_In - ) - ) - { - return WidthForOffset[ offsetTemp ]; - } - else - { - return 0; - } -} - -// static -IndexedFont_Proportional_Column* IndexedFont_Proportional_Column :: Create -( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - char* Filename, - int HeightPerChar_New, - int SpaceWidth_New, - int ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter -) -{ - IndexedFont_Proportional_Column* pFont = new IndexedFont_Proportional_Column - ( - I_Font_New, - Filename, - HeightPerChar_New, - SpaceWidth_New, - ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter - ); - - SCString :: UpdateAfterFontChange( I_Font_New ); - - return pFont; -} - - -IndexedFont_Proportional_Column :: ~IndexedFont_Proportional_Column() -{ - GLOBALASSERT(image_ptr); - ATRemoveSurface(image_ptr); - ReleaseDDSurface(image_ptr); - image_ptr = NULL; - - if (hBackup) - { - AwDestroyBackupTexture(hBackup); - } - - hBackup = NULL; -} - -IndexedFont_Proportional_Column :: IndexedFont_Proportional_Column -( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - char* Filename, - int HeightPerChar_New, - int SpaceWidth_New, - int ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter -) : IndexedFont_Proportional - ( - I_Font_New - ), - ASCIICodeForOffset0 - ( - ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter - ), - HeightPerChar_Val(HeightPerChar_New), - SpaceWidth_Val(SpaceWidth_New), - NumChars(0) -{ - { - unsigned nWidth,nHeight; - - //see if graphic can be found in fast file - unsigned int fastFileLength; - void const * pFastFileData = ffreadbuf(Filename,&fastFileLength); - - if(pFastFileData) - { - //load from fast file - image_ptr = AwCreateSurface - ( - "pxfXYB", - pFastFileData, - fastFileLength, - ( - #if 1 - 0 - #else - AW_TLF_TRANSP - #endif - #if 0 - | AW_TLF_CHROMAKEY - #endif - ), - &nWidth, - &nHeight, - &hBackup - ); - } - else - { - //load graphic from rim file - image_ptr = AwCreateSurface - ( - "sfXYB", - Filename, - ( - #if 1 - 0 - #else - AW_TLF_TRANSP - #endif - #if 0 - | AW_TLF_CHROMAKEY - #endif - ), - &nWidth, - &nHeight, - &hBackup - ); - } - R2Size_OverallImage . w = nWidth; - R2Size_OverallImage . h = nHeight; - } - - GLOBALASSERT(image_ptr); - GLOBALASSERT(hBackup); - - GLOBALASSERT(R2Size_OverallImage . w>0); - GLOBALASSERT(R2Size_OverallImage . h>0); - ATIncludeSurface(image_ptr,hBackup); - - DDCOLORKEY tempDDColorKey; - - tempDDColorKey . dwColorSpaceLowValue = 0; - tempDDColorKey . dwColorSpaceHighValue = 0; - - - HRESULT hrSetColorKey = image_ptr -> SetColorKey - ( - ( - DDCKEY_SRCBLT - ), // DWORD dwFlags, - &tempDDColorKey // LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey - ); - - if ( hrSetColorKey != DD_OK ) - { - LOGDXERR(hrSetColorKey); - } - -#if 0 - -typedef struct _DDCOLORKEY{ - DWORD dwColorSpaceLowValue; - DWORD dwColorSpaceHighValue; -} DDCOLORKEY,FAR* LPDDCOLORKEY; - - Parameters - - dwFlags - - Determines which color key is requested. - - DDCKEY_COLORSPACE - Set if the structure contains a color space. Not set if the structure contains a single color key. - DDCKEY_DESTBLT - Set if the structure specifies a color key or color space to be used as a destination color key for blit operations. - DDCKEY_DESTOVERLAY - Set if the structure specifies a color key or color space to be used as a destination color key for overlay operations. - DDCKEY_SRCBLT - Set if the structure specifies a color key or color space to be used as a source color key for blit operations. - DDCKEY_SRCOVERLAY - Set if the structure specifies a color key or color space to be used as a source color key for overlay operations. - lpDDColorKey - - Address of the DDCOLORKEY structure that contains the new color key values for the DirectDrawSurface object. -#endif - - - - - NumChars = (R2Size_OverallImage . h)/HeightPerChar_Val; - - GLOBALASSERT( NumChars < MAX_CHARS_IN_TALLFONT ); - - for (int i=0;i<NumChars;i++) - { - WindowsRectForOffset[ i ] . top = (i*HeightPerChar_Val); - WindowsRectForOffset[ i ] . bottom = ((i+1)*HeightPerChar_Val); - WindowsRectForOffset[ i ] . left = 0; - WindowsRectForOffset[ i ] . right = R2Size_OverallImage . w; - - WidthForOffset[ i ] = R2Size_OverallImage . w; - } - - UpdateWidths(); - -} - -void -IndexedFont_Proportional_Column :: UpdateWidths(void) -{ - // called by constructor - - // Test: read the surface: - { - // LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE image_ptr; - - DDSURFACEDESC tempDDSurfaceDesc; - - tempDDSurfaceDesc . dwSize = sizeof(DDSURFACEDESC); - - HRESULT hrLock = image_ptr -> Lock - ( - NULL, // LPRECT lpDestRect, - &tempDDSurfaceDesc, // LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc, - ( - DDLOCK_READONLY - | DDLOCK_SURFACEMEMORYPTR - #if 0 - | DDLOCK_WAIT - | DDLOCK_NOSYSLOCK - #endif - ), // DWORD dwFlags, - NULL // HANDLE hEvent - ); - - if ( hrLock != DD_OK ) - { - // ought really to throw an exception - - LOGDXERR(hrLock); - return; - } - - // Read the data... - { - for (int iOffset=0;iOffset<NumChars;iOffset++) - { - int y = iOffset * HeightPerChar_Val; - int x = ( R2Size_OverallImage . w - 1); - - #if 0 - db_logf1(("Character offset %i",iOffset)); - #endif - - while (x>0) - { - if - ( - bAnyNonTransparentPixelsInColumn - ( - r2pos(x,y), // r2pos R2Pos_TopOfColumn, - HeightPerChar_Val, // int HeightOfColumn - &tempDDSurfaceDesc // LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc - ) - ) - { - break; - // and the current value of (x+1) is the width to use - } - - x--; - } - - SetWidth(iOffset,x+1); - } - } - - - HRESULT hrUnlock = image_ptr -> Unlock - ( - NULL // LPVOID lpSurfaceData - ); - - - if ( hrUnlock != DD_OK ) - { - // ought really to throw an exception - - LOGDXERR(hrUnlock); - return; - } - } -} - -// static -OurBool -IndexedFont_Proportional_Column :: bAnyNonTransparentPixelsInColumn -( - r2pos R2Pos_TopOfColumn, - int HeightOfColumn, - LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc - // assumes you have a read lock -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( lpDDSurfaceDesc ); - - void* pSurface = lpDDSurfaceDesc -> lpSurface; - - int BytesPerPixel = lpDDSurfaceDesc -> ddpfPixelFormat . dwRGBBitCount /8; - - int BytesPerRow = - ( - #if 0 - (BytesPerPixel * lpDDSurfaceDesc -> dwWidth) - + - #endif - lpDDSurfaceDesc -> lPitch - ); - - int y = R2Pos_TopOfColumn . y; - - #if 0 - db_logf1(("x=%i",R2Pos_TopOfColumn . x)); - #endif - - while ( y < R2Pos_TopOfColumn . y + HeightOfColumn ) - { - int Pixel = - ( - *(int*) - ( - ((char*)pSurface) - + - ( y * BytesPerRow ) - + - (R2Pos_TopOfColumn . x * BytesPerPixel) - ) - ); - - int R = Pixel & lpDDSurfaceDesc -> ddpfPixelFormat . dwRBitMask; - int G = Pixel & lpDDSurfaceDesc -> ddpfPixelFormat . dwGBitMask; - int B = Pixel & lpDDSurfaceDesc -> ddpfPixelFormat . dwBBitMask; - - #if 0 - db_logf1(("y=%i",y)); - db_logf1(("Pixel=0x%x",Pixel)); - db_logf1(("R=0x%x",R)); - db_logf1(("G=0x%x",G)); - db_logf1(("B=0x%x",B)); - #endif - - #if 1 - if (Pixel > 0 ) - { - return Yes; - } - #else - if - ( - (R > 32) - || - (G > 32) - || - (B > 32) - ) - { - // nasty hack to get it working... - return Yes; - } - #endif - - y++; - } - - return No; -} - - - - - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// 3/4/98 DHM: A new implementation, supporting character kerning -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -// class IndexedFont_Kerned_Column : public IndexedFont_Kerned -// public: -void -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: RenderChar_Clipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh -) const -{ - unsigned int theOffset; - - if (ProjCh == ' ') - { - // Space is a special case: - return; - } - - if - ( - GetOffset - ( - theOffset, - ProjCh - ) - ) - { - if - ( - GetWidth(ProjCh)>0 - ) - { - { - // This code adapted from DrawGraphicWithAlphaChannel(); - // it assumes you're in a 16-bit mode... - DDSURFACEDESC ddsdimage; - - memset(&ddsdimage, 0, sizeof(ddsdimage)); - ddsdimage.dwSize = sizeof(ddsdimage); - - /* lock the image */ - while (image_ptr->Lock(NULL, &ddsdimage, DDLOCK_WAIT, NULL) == DDERR_WASSTILLDRAWING); - - // okay, now we have the surfaces, we can copy from one to the other, - // darkening pixels as we go - { - long fontimagePitchInShorts = (ddsdimage.lPitch/2); - long backbufferPitchInShorts = (BackBufferPitch/2); - - unsigned short* fontimageRowStartPtr = - ( - ((unsigned short *)ddsdimage.lpSurface) - + - (GetHeight()*theOffset*fontimagePitchInShorts) - ); - - unsigned short* backbufferRowStartPtr = - ( - ((unsigned short *)ScreenBuffer) - + - (R2Pos_Cursor.y*backbufferPitchInShorts) - + - (R2Pos_Cursor.x) - ); - int screenY = R2Pos_Cursor.y; - - for (int yCount=GetHeight(); yCount>0; yCount--) - { - unsigned short* fontimagePtr = fontimageRowStartPtr; - unsigned short* backbufferPtr = backbufferRowStartPtr; - - if (screenY >= R2Rect_Clip.y0 && screenY <= R2Rect_Clip.y1) - for (int xCount=FullWidthForOffset[theOffset]; xCount>0;xCount--) - { - int r = CloudTable[(xCount+R2Pos_Cursor.x+CloakingPhase/64)&127][(screenY+CloakingPhase/128)&127]; -// b += CloudTable[((xCount+R2Pos_Cursor.x)/2-CloakingPhase/96)&127][((yCount+R2Pos_Cursor.y)/4+CloakingPhase/64)&127]/4; -// b += CloudTable[((xCount+R2Pos_Cursor.x+10)/4-CloakingPhase/64)&127][((yCount+R2Pos_Cursor.y-50)/8+CloakingPhase/32)&127]/8; -// if (b>ONE_FIXED) b = ONE_FIXED; - r = MUL_FIXED(FixP_Alpha,r); - if (*fontimagePtr) - { - unsigned int backR = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - unsigned int backG = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - unsigned int backB = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - unsigned int fontR = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - unsigned int fontG = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - unsigned int fontB = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - backR += MUL_FIXED(r,fontR); - if (backR>DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask) backR = DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - else backR &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - - backG += MUL_FIXED(r,fontG); - if (backG>DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask) backG = DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - else backG &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - - backB += MUL_FIXED(r,fontB); - if (backB>DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask) backB = DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - else backB &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - *backbufferPtr = (short)(backR|backG|backB); - } - fontimagePtr++; - backbufferPtr++; - } - screenY++; - fontimageRowStartPtr += fontimagePitchInShorts; - backbufferRowStartPtr += backbufferPitchInShorts; - } - } - - image_ptr->Unlock((LPVOID)ddsdimage.lpSurface); - } - } - } -} - -void -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: RenderChar_Unclipped -( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh -) const -{ - unsigned int theOffset; - - if (ProjCh == ' ') - { - // Space is a special case: - return; - } - - if - ( - GetOffset - ( - theOffset, - ProjCh - ) - ) - { - if - ( - GetWidth(ProjCh)>0 - ) - { - { - // This code adapted from DrawGraphicWithAlphaChannel(); - // it assumes you're in a 16-bit mode... - DDSURFACEDESC ddsdback, ddsdimage; - - memset(&ddsdback, 0, sizeof(ddsdback)); - memset(&ddsdimage, 0, sizeof(ddsdimage)); - ddsdback.dwSize = sizeof(ddsdback); - ddsdimage.dwSize = sizeof(ddsdimage); - - /* lock the image */ - while (image_ptr->Lock(NULL, &ddsdimage, DDLOCK_WAIT, NULL) == DDERR_WASSTILLDRAWING); - - /* lock the backbuffer */ - while (lpDDSBack->Lock(NULL, &ddsdback, DDLOCK_WAIT, NULL) == DDERR_WASSTILLDRAWING); - - // okay, now we have the surfaces, we can copy from one to the other, - // darkening pixels as we go - { - long fontimagePitchInShorts = (ddsdimage.lPitch/2); - long backbufferPitchInShorts = (ddsdback.lPitch/2); - - unsigned short* fontimageRowStartPtr = - ( - ((unsigned short *)ddsdimage.lpSurface) - + - (GetHeight()*theOffset*fontimagePitchInShorts) - ); - - unsigned short* backbufferRowStartPtr = - ( - ((unsigned short *)ddsdback.lpSurface) - + - (R2Pos_Cursor.y*backbufferPitchInShorts) - + - (R2Pos_Cursor.x) - ); - - for (int yCount=GetHeight(); yCount>0; yCount--) - { - unsigned short* fontimagePtr = fontimageRowStartPtr; - unsigned short* backbufferPtr = backbufferRowStartPtr; - int yIndex = (yCount+R2Pos_Cursor.y+CloakingPhase/128)&127; - int xIndex = R2Pos_Cursor.x+CloakingPhase/64; - - for (int xCount=FullWidthForOffset[theOffset]; xCount>0;xCount--) - { - int r = CloudTable[(xCount+xIndex)&127][yIndex]; -// b += CloudTable[((xCount+R2Pos_Cursor.x)/2-CloakingPhase/96)&127][((yCount+R2Pos_Cursor.y)/4+CloakingPhase/64)&127]/4; -// b += CloudTable[((xCount+R2Pos_Cursor.x+10)/4-CloakingPhase/64)&127][((yCount+R2Pos_Cursor.y-50)/8+CloakingPhase/32)&127]/8; -// if (b>ONE_FIXED) b = ONE_FIXED; - r = MUL_FIXED(FixP_Alpha,r); - if (*fontimagePtr) - { - unsigned int backR = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - unsigned int backG = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - unsigned int backB = (int)(*backbufferPtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - unsigned int fontR = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - unsigned int fontG = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - unsigned int fontB = (int)(*fontimagePtr) & DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - backR += MUL_FIXED(r,fontR); - if (backR>DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask) backR = DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - else backR &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwRBitMask; - - backG += MUL_FIXED(r,fontG); - if (backG>DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask) backG = DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - else backG &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwGBitMask; - - backB += MUL_FIXED(r,fontB); - if (backB>DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask) backB = DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - else backB &= DisplayPixelFormat.dwBBitMask; - - *backbufferPtr = (short)(backR|backG|backB); - } - fontimagePtr++; - backbufferPtr++; - } - - fontimageRowStartPtr += fontimagePitchInShorts; - backbufferRowStartPtr += backbufferPitchInShorts; - } - } - - lpDDSBack->Unlock((LPVOID)ddsdback.lpSurface); - image_ptr->Unlock((LPVOID)ddsdimage.lpSurface); - } - } - } -} - -int -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: GetMaxWidth(void) const -{ - return R2Size_OverallImage . w; -} - -int -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: GetWidth -( - ProjChar ProjCh_In -) const -{ - unsigned int offsetTemp; - - if (ProjCh_In == ' ') - { - return SpaceWidth(); - } - - if - ( - GetOffset - ( - offsetTemp, - ProjCh_In - ) - ) - { - return FullWidthForOffset[ offsetTemp ]; - } - else - { - return 0; - } -} - -int -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: GetXInc -( - ProjChar currentProjCh, - ProjChar nextProjCh -) const -{ - GLOBALASSERT(currentProjCh!='\0'); - // LOCALISEME - - if (currentProjCh == ' ') - { - return SpaceWidth(); - } - - if (!((nextProjCh>='0' && nextProjCh<=']') || (nextProjCh>='a' && nextProjCh<='}'))) - { - return GetWidth(currentProjCh); - } - - unsigned int currentOffset; - - if - ( - GetOffset - ( - currentOffset, - currentProjCh - ) - ) - { - unsigned int nextOffset; - - if - ( - GetOffset - ( - nextOffset, - nextProjCh - ) - ) - { - return XIncForOffset[currentOffset][nextOffset]; - } - else - { - return FullWidthForOffset[currentOffset]; - } - } - else - { - return 0; - } - -} - - -// static -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column* IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: Create -( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - char* Filename, - int HeightPerChar_New, - int SpaceWidth_New, - int ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter -) -{ - IndexedFont_Kerned_Column* pFont = new IndexedFont_Kerned_Column - ( - I_Font_New, - Filename, - HeightPerChar_New, - SpaceWidth_New, - ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter - ); - - SCString :: UpdateAfterFontChange( I_Font_New ); - - return pFont; -} - - -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: ~IndexedFont_Kerned_Column() -{ - GLOBALASSERT(image_ptr); - ATRemoveSurface(image_ptr); - ReleaseDDSurface(image_ptr); - image_ptr = NULL; - - if (hBackup) - { - AwDestroyBackupTexture(hBackup); - } - - hBackup = NULL; -} - -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: IndexedFont_Kerned_Column -( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - char* Filename, - int HeightPerChar_New, - int SpaceWidth_New, - int ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter -) : IndexedFont_Kerned - ( - I_Font_New - ), - ASCIICodeForOffset0 - ( - ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter - ), - HeightPerChar_Val(HeightPerChar_New), - SpaceWidth_Val(SpaceWidth_New), - NumChars(0) -{ - { - unsigned nWidth,nHeight; - - //see if graphic can be found in fast file - unsigned int fastFileLength; - void const * pFastFileData = ffreadbuf(Filename,&fastFileLength); - - if(pFastFileData) - { - //load from fast file - image_ptr = AwCreateSurface - ( - "pxfXYB", - pFastFileData, - fastFileLength, - ( - #if 1 - 0 - #else - AW_TLF_TRANSP - #endif - #if 0 - | AW_TLF_CHROMAKEY - #endif - ), - &nWidth, - &nHeight, - &hBackup - ); - } - else - { - //load graphic from rim file - image_ptr = AwCreateSurface - ( - "sfXYB", - Filename, - ( - #if 1 - 0 - #else - AW_TLF_TRANSP - #endif - #if 0 - | AW_TLF_CHROMAKEY - #endif - ), - &nWidth, - &nHeight, - &hBackup - ); - } - - R2Size_OverallImage . w = nWidth; - R2Size_OverallImage . h = nHeight; - } - - GLOBALASSERT(image_ptr); - GLOBALASSERT(hBackup); - - GLOBALASSERT(R2Size_OverallImage . w>0); - GLOBALASSERT(R2Size_OverallImage . h>0); - ATIncludeSurface(image_ptr,hBackup); - - DDCOLORKEY tempDDColorKey; - - tempDDColorKey . dwColorSpaceLowValue = 0; - tempDDColorKey . dwColorSpaceHighValue = 0; - - - HRESULT hrSetColorKey = image_ptr -> SetColorKey - ( - ( - DDCKEY_SRCBLT - ), // DWORD dwFlags, - &tempDDColorKey // LPDDCOLORKEY lpDDColorKey - ); - - if ( hrSetColorKey != DD_OK ) - { - LOGDXERR(hrSetColorKey); - } - -#if 0 - -typedef struct _DDCOLORKEY{ - DWORD dwColorSpaceLowValue; - DWORD dwColorSpaceHighValue; -} DDCOLORKEY,FAR* LPDDCOLORKEY; - - Parameters - - dwFlags - - Determines which color key is requested. - - DDCKEY_COLORSPACE - Set if the structure contains a color space. Not set if the structure contains a single color key. - DDCKEY_DESTBLT - Set if the structure specifies a color key or color space to be used as a destination color key for blit operations. - DDCKEY_DESTOVERLAY - Set if the structure specifies a color key or color space to be used as a destination color key for overlay operations. - DDCKEY_SRCBLT - Set if the structure specifies a color key or color space to be used as a source color key for blit operations. - DDCKEY_SRCOVERLAY - Set if the structure specifies a color key or color space to be used as a source color key for overlay operations. - lpDDColorKey - - Address of the DDCOLORKEY structure that contains the new color key values for the DirectDrawSurface object. -#endif - - - - - NumChars = (R2Size_OverallImage . h)/HeightPerChar_Val; - - GLOBALASSERT( NumChars < MAX_CHARS_IN_TALLFONT ); - - for (int i=0;i<NumChars;i++) - { - WindowsRectForOffset[ i ] . top = (i*HeightPerChar_Val); - WindowsRectForOffset[ i ] . bottom = ((i+1)*HeightPerChar_Val); - WindowsRectForOffset[ i ] . left = 0; - WindowsRectForOffset[ i ] . right = R2Size_OverallImage . w; - - FullWidthForOffset[ i ] = R2Size_OverallImage . w; - } - - UpdateWidths(); - UpdateXIncs(); -} - -void -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: UpdateWidths(void) -{ - // called by constructor - - // Test: read the surface: - { - // LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE image_ptr; - - DDSURFACEDESC tempDDSurfaceDesc; - - tempDDSurfaceDesc . dwSize = sizeof(DDSURFACEDESC); - - HRESULT hrLock = image_ptr -> Lock - ( - NULL, // LPRECT lpDestRect, - &tempDDSurfaceDesc, // LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc, - ( - DDLOCK_READONLY - | DDLOCK_SURFACEMEMORYPTR - #if 0 - | DDLOCK_WAIT - | DDLOCK_NOSYSLOCK - #endif - ), // DWORD dwFlags, - NULL // HANDLE hEvent - ); - - if ( hrLock != DD_OK ) - { - // ought really to throw an exception - - LOGDXERR(hrLock); - return; - } - - // Read the data... - { - for (int iOffset=0;iOffset<NumChars;iOffset++) - { - int y = iOffset * HeightPerChar_Val; - int x = ( R2Size_OverallImage . w - 1); - - #if 0 - db_logf1(("Character offset %i",iOffset)); - #endif - - while (x>0) - { - if - ( - bAnyNonTransparentPixelsInColumn - ( - r2pos(x,y), // r2pos R2Pos_TopOfColumn, - HeightPerChar_Val, // int HeightOfColumn - &tempDDSurfaceDesc // LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc - ) - ) - { - break; - // and the current value of (x+1) is the width to use - } - - x--; - } - - SetWidth(iOffset,x+1); - } - } - - - HRESULT hrUnlock = image_ptr -> Unlock - ( - NULL // LPVOID lpSurfaceData - ); - - - if ( hrUnlock != DD_OK ) - { - // ought really to throw an exception - - LOGDXERR(hrUnlock); - return; - } - } -} - -void -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: UpdateXIncs(void) -{ - DDSURFACEDESC tempDDSurfaceDesc; - - tempDDSurfaceDesc . dwSize = sizeof(DDSURFACEDESC); - - HRESULT hrLock = image_ptr -> Lock - ( - NULL, // LPRECT lpDestRect, - &tempDDSurfaceDesc, // LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc, - ( - DDLOCK_READONLY - | DDLOCK_SURFACEMEMORYPTR - #if 0 - | DDLOCK_WAIT - | DDLOCK_NOSYSLOCK - #endif - ), // DWORD dwFlags, - NULL // HANDLE hEvent - ); - - if ( hrLock != DD_OK ) - { - // ought really to throw an exception - LOGDXERR(hrLock); - - // fill table up with sensible values: - for (int i=0;i<NumChars;i++) - { - for (int j=0;j<NumChars;j++) - { - XIncForOffset[i][j] = FullWidthForOffset[i]; - } - } - return; - } - - int RowsToProcess = NumChars*GetHeight(); - int* minOpaqueX = new int[RowsToProcess]; - int* maxOpaqueX = new int[RowsToProcess]; - - // Build tables of min/max opaque pixels in each row of the image: - { - for (int Row=0;Row<RowsToProcess;Row++) - { - // Find right-most pixel in row - { - int rightmostX=GetMaxWidth()-1; - while (rightmostX>0) - { - if - ( - bOpaque - ( - &tempDDSurfaceDesc, - rightmostX, // int x, - Row - ) - ) - { - break; - } - else - { - rightmostX--; - } - } - - maxOpaqueX[Row]=rightmostX; - } - - // Find left-most pixel in row of second character - { - int leftmostX=0; - while(leftmostX<GetMaxWidth()) - { - if - ( - bOpaque - ( - &tempDDSurfaceDesc, - leftmostX, // int x, - Row // int y - ) - ) - { - break; - } - else - { - leftmostX++; - } - } - minOpaqueX[Row]=leftmostX; - } - } - } - - HRESULT hrUnlock = image_ptr -> Unlock - ( - NULL // LPVOID lpSurfaceData - ); - - - if ( hrUnlock != DD_OK ) - { - // ought really to throw an exception - LOGDXERR(hrUnlock); - - // fill table up with sensible values: - for (int i=0;i<NumChars;i++) - { - for (int j=0;j<NumChars;j++) - { - XIncForOffset[i][j] = FullWidthForOffset[i]; - } - } - return; - } - else - { - // Use the table of opaque extents: - - for (int i=0;i<NumChars;i++) - { - for (int j=0;j<NumChars;j++) - { - int XInc = CalcXInc - ( - i, // unsigned int currentOffset, - j, // unsigned int nextOffset, - minOpaqueX, - maxOpaqueX - ); - - GLOBALASSERT(XInc>=0); - #if 0 - GLOBALASSERT(XInc<=GetMaxWidth()); - #endif - - XIncForOffset[i][j] =XInc; - } - } - } - - // Destroy the table of opaque extents: - { - delete[] maxOpaqueX; - delete[] minOpaqueX; - } - -} - - -// static -OurBool -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: bAnyNonTransparentPixelsInColumn -( - r2pos R2Pos_TopOfColumn, - int HeightOfColumn, - LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc - // assumes you have a read lock -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( lpDDSurfaceDesc ); - - void* pSurface = lpDDSurfaceDesc -> lpSurface; - - int BytesPerPixel = lpDDSurfaceDesc -> ddpfPixelFormat . dwRGBBitCount /8; - - int BytesPerRow = - ( - lpDDSurfaceDesc -> lPitch - ); - - int y = R2Pos_TopOfColumn . y; - - #if 0 - db_logf1(("x=%i",R2Pos_TopOfColumn . x)); - #endif - - while ( y < R2Pos_TopOfColumn . y + HeightOfColumn ) - { - int Pixel = - ( - *(int*) - ( - ((char*)pSurface) - + - ( y * BytesPerRow ) - + - (R2Pos_TopOfColumn . x * BytesPerPixel) - ) - ); - - int R = Pixel & lpDDSurfaceDesc -> ddpfPixelFormat . dwRBitMask; - int G = Pixel & lpDDSurfaceDesc -> ddpfPixelFormat . dwGBitMask; - int B = Pixel & lpDDSurfaceDesc -> ddpfPixelFormat . dwBBitMask; - - #if 0 - db_logf1(("y=%i",y)); - db_logf1(("Pixel=0x%x",Pixel)); - db_logf1(("R=0x%x",R)); - db_logf1(("G=0x%x",G)); - db_logf1(("B=0x%x",B)); - #endif - - #if 1 - if (Pixel > 0 ) - { - return Yes; - } - #else - if - ( - (R > 32) - || - (G > 32) - || - (B > 32) - ) - { - // nasty hack to get it working... - return Yes; - } - #endif - - y++; - } - - return No; -} - -int -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: CalcXInc -( - unsigned int currentOffset, - unsigned int nextOffset, - int* minOpaqueX, - int* maxOpaqueX -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(currentOffset<NumChars); - GLOBALASSERT(nextOffset<NumChars); - GLOBALASSERT( minOpaqueX ); - GLOBALASSERT( maxOpaqueX ); - - // Compare rows in the pair of images (they have the same height) - // First idea: - // Iterate through X-inc values, finding the smallest - // one which is "valid" for all rows. - // "Valid" means there's no overlapping of non-transparent pixels - // when the second image is displaced by the X-inc. - // Tried this, but it took too long. - - // Second attempt: - // Iterate through all rows, finding smallest X-inc which is valid - // for each row, and maintaining what is the biggest "smallest X-inc" - // you have so far. This will be the return value. - - #if 1 - { - int Biggest_MinXInc = 0; - for (int Row=0;Row<GetHeight();Row++) - { - int MinXIncForRow = GetSmallestXIncForRow - ( - currentOffset, - nextOffset, - minOpaqueX, - maxOpaqueX, - Row - ); - - if (MinXIncForRow > Biggest_MinXInc) - { - Biggest_MinXInc = MinXIncForRow; - } - } - - return Biggest_MinXInc; - } - #else - return FullWidthForOffset[currentOffset]; - #endif -} - -OurBool -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: OverlapOnRow -( - unsigned int currentOffset, - unsigned int nextOffset, - int Row, - int ProposedXInc -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(currentOffset<NumChars); - GLOBALASSERT(nextOffset<NumChars); - - #if 1 - { - DDSURFACEDESC tempDDSurfaceDesc; - - tempDDSurfaceDesc . dwSize = sizeof(DDSURFACEDESC); - - HRESULT hrLock = image_ptr -> Lock - ( - NULL, // LPRECT lpDestRect, - &tempDDSurfaceDesc, // LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc, - ( - DDLOCK_READONLY - | DDLOCK_SURFACEMEMORYPTR - #if 0 - | DDLOCK_WAIT - | DDLOCK_NOSYSLOCK - #endif - ), // DWORD dwFlags, - NULL // HANDLE hEvent - ); - - if ( hrLock != DD_OK ) - { - // ought really to throw an exception - - LOGDXERR(hrLock); - return Yes; - } - - // Find right-most pixel in row of first character - int rightmostX; - int firstoffsetY = Row+(currentOffset*GetHeight()); - for (rightmostX=GetMaxWidth()-1;rightmostX>0;rightmostX--) - { - if - ( - bOpaque - ( - &tempDDSurfaceDesc, // LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc - rightmostX, // int x, - firstoffsetY // int y - ) - ) - { - break; - } - } - - // Find left-most pixel in row of second character - int leftmostX; - int nextoffsetY = Row+(nextOffset*GetHeight()); - for (leftmostX=0;leftmostX<GetMaxWidth();leftmostX++) - { - if - ( - bOpaque - ( - &tempDDSurfaceDesc, // LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc - leftmostX, // int x, - nextoffsetY // int y - ) - ) - { - break; - } - } - - // Is there an overlap when displaced by the proposed XInc? - { - return - ( - (rightmostX) - >= - (leftmostX+ProposedXInc) - ); - } - } - #else - return Yes; - // for now - #endif -} - -int -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: GetSmallestXIncForRow -( - unsigned int currentOffset, - unsigned int nextOffset, - int* minOpaqueX, - int* maxOpaqueX, - unsigned int Row -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( currentOffset < NumChars ); - GLOBALASSERT( nextOffset < NumChars ); - GLOBALASSERT( minOpaqueX ); - GLOBALASSERT( maxOpaqueX ); - GLOBALASSERT( Row < GetHeight() ); - - { - int Difference = - ( - maxOpaqueX[Row+(currentOffset*GetHeight())] - minOpaqueX[Row+(nextOffset*GetHeight())] - +1 - ); - - if (Difference>0) - { - return Difference; - } - else - { - return 0; - } - } -} - - -OurBool -IndexedFont_Kerned_Column :: bOpaque -( - LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc, - // assumes you have a read lock - int x, - int y - // must be in range -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT(lpDDSurfaceDesc); - - void* pSurface = lpDDSurfaceDesc -> lpSurface; - - GLOBALASSERT(pSurface); - - int BytesPerPixel = lpDDSurfaceDesc -> ddpfPixelFormat . dwRGBBitCount /8; - - int BytesPerRow = - ( - lpDDSurfaceDesc -> lPitch - ); - - int Pixel = - ( - *(int*) - ( - ((char*)pSurface) - + - ( y * BytesPerRow ) - + - ( x * BytesPerPixel) - ) - ); - - return (Pixel != 0 ); -} - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/tallfont.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/tallfont.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index d8008a8..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/tallfont.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,344 +0,0 @@ -/* - - tallfont.hpp - -*/ - -#ifndef _tallfont -#define _tallfont 1 - - #if ( defined( __WATCOMC__ ) || defined( _MSC_VER ) ) - #pragma once - #endif - - - #ifdef __cplusplus - #ifndef _indexfnt - #include "indexfnt.hpp" - #endif - #endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - // A new way of handling proportionally-spaced fonts: artists prepare - // a tall thin bitmap containing all the characters, with a constant - // height. Loader needs to know this height, and extracts character - // widths using transparency information. - class IndexedFont_Proportional_Column : public IndexedFont_Proportional - { - enum { MAX_CHARS_IN_TALLFONT = 100 }; - - public: - void RenderChar_Clipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - - void RenderChar_Unclipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - - OurBool bCanRender( ProjChar ProjCh_In ) const - { - unsigned int offsetTemp; - return GetOffset - ( - offsetTemp, - ProjCh_In - ); - } - - int GetMaxWidth(void) const; - int GetWidth - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - int GetHeight(void) const - { - return HeightPerChar_Val; - } - - static IndexedFont_Proportional_Column* Create - ( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - char* Filename, - int HeightPerChar_New, - int SpaceWidth_New, - int ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter - ); - - ~IndexedFont_Proportional_Column(); - - private: - IndexedFont_Proportional_Column - ( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - char* Filename, - int HeightPerChar_New, - int SpaceWidth_New, - int ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter - ); - - int HeightPerChar_Val; - int SpaceWidth_Val; - - LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE image_ptr; - AW_BACKUPTEXTUREHANDLE hBackup; - - r2size R2Size_OverallImage; - - int ASCIICodeForOffset0; - int NumChars; - RECT WindowsRectForOffset[ MAX_CHARS_IN_TALLFONT ]; - // coordinates of characters in the image - int WidthForOffset[ MAX_CHARS_IN_TALLFONT ]; - - private: - int SpaceWidth(void) const - { - return SpaceWidth_Val; - } - - void UpdateWidths(void); - // called by constructor - void SetWidth(unsigned int Offset, int newWidth) - { - WindowsRectForOffset[ Offset ] . right = newWidth; - WidthForOffset[ Offset ] = newWidth; - } - - static OurBool bAnyNonTransparentPixelsInColumn - ( - r2pos R2Pos_TopOfColumn, - int HeightOfColumn, - LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc - // assumes you have a read lock - ); - - OurBool GetOffset - ( - unsigned int& outputOffset, - ProjChar inProjCh - ) const - { - if (inProjCh < ASCIICodeForOffset0 ) - { - return No; - } - - outputOffset = (inProjCh - ASCIICodeForOffset0); - - if (outputOffset >= NumChars) - { - return No; - } - - return Yes; - - } - }; - - // 3/4/98 DHM: A new implementation, supporting character kerning - class IndexedFont_Kerned_Column : public IndexedFont_Kerned - { - enum { MAX_CHARS_IN_TALLFONT = 255 }; - // note that we define an array of ints sized this squared - // so for 100, this works out as 100*100*4bytes - // which is 40,000 bytes, or about 39k - - public: - void RenderChar_Clipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - const struct r2rect& R2Rect_Clip, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - - void RenderChar_Unclipped - ( - struct r2pos& R2Pos_Cursor, - int FixP_Alpha, - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - - OurBool bCanRender( ProjChar ProjCh_In ) const - { - unsigned int offsetTemp; - return GetOffset - ( - offsetTemp, - ProjCh_In - ); - } - - int GetMaxWidth(void) const; - int GetWidth - ( - ProjChar ProjCh - ) const; - int GetHeight(void) const - { - return HeightPerChar_Val; - } - - int GetXInc - ( - ProjChar currentProjCh, - ProjChar nextProjCh - ) const; - - static IndexedFont_Kerned_Column* Create - ( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - char* Filename, - int HeightPerChar_New, - int SpaceWidth_New, - int ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter - ); - - ~IndexedFont_Kerned_Column(); - - int FullWidthForOffset[ MAX_CHARS_IN_TALLFONT ]; - - LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE GetImagePtr(void) const - { - return (LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE) image_ptr; - } - LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE image_ptr; - private: - IndexedFont_Kerned_Column - ( - FontIndex I_Font_New, - char* Filename, - int HeightPerChar_New, - int SpaceWidth_New, - int ASCIICodeForInitialCharacter - ); - - int HeightPerChar_Val; - int SpaceWidth_Val; - - AW_BACKUPTEXTUREHANDLE hBackup; - - r2size R2Size_OverallImage; - - int ASCIICodeForOffset0; - int NumChars; - RECT WindowsRectForOffset[ MAX_CHARS_IN_TALLFONT ]; - // coordinates of characters in the image - int XIncForOffset[ MAX_CHARS_IN_TALLFONT ][ MAX_CHARS_IN_TALLFONT ]; - - private: - int SpaceWidth(void) const - { - return SpaceWidth_Val; - } - - void UpdateWidths(void); - void UpdateXIncs(void); - // called by constructor - - void SetWidth(unsigned int Offset, int newWidth) - { - WindowsRectForOffset[ Offset ] . right = newWidth; - FullWidthForOffset[ Offset ] = newWidth; - } - - static OurBool bAnyNonTransparentPixelsInColumn - ( - r2pos R2Pos_TopOfColumn, - int HeightOfColumn, - LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc - // assumes you have a read lock - ); - - OurBool GetOffset - ( - unsigned int& outputOffset, - ProjChar inProjCh - ) const - { - if (inProjCh < ASCIICodeForOffset0 ) - { - return No; - } - - outputOffset = (inProjCh - ASCIICodeForOffset0); - - if (outputOffset >= NumChars) - { - return No; - } - - return Yes; - - } - - int CalcXInc - ( - unsigned int currentOffset, - unsigned int nextOffset, - int* minOpaqueX, - int* maxOpaqueX - ); - - OurBool OverlapOnRow - ( - unsigned int currentOffset, - unsigned int nextOffset, - int Row, - int ProposedXInc - ); - - int GetSmallestXIncForRow - ( - unsigned int currentOffset, - unsigned int nextOffset, - int* minOpaqueX, - int* maxOpaqueX, - unsigned int Row - ); - - OurBool bOpaque - ( - LPDDSURFACEDESC lpDDSurfaceDesc, - // assumes you have a read lock - int x, - int y - // must be in range - ); - - }; - -#endif - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/trig666.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/trig666.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 30d0372..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/trig666.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,182 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: trig666.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 18/11/97 from Headhunter's TRIGGERS.CPP; had to - * rename to avoid conflict with AVP file TRIGGERS.H - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "trig666.hpp" - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -// class TriggerDaemon : public Daemon -TriggerDaemon :: TriggerDaemon -( - OurBool fActive -) : Daemon - ( - fActive - ) -{ -} - -TriggerDaemon :: ~TriggerDaemon() -{ -} - -// A daemon which fires at regular intervals (potentially more than once per frame) -// class PulsingTriggerDaemon : public TriggerDaemon -PulsingTriggerDaemon :: PulsingTriggerDaemon -( - OurBool fActive, - int FixP_Period // interval between triggers in seconds -) : TriggerDaemon - ( - fActive - ) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( FixP_Period > 0); - - FixP_Period_Val = FixP_Period; - FixP_TimeToNextPulse = FixP_Period; -} - -PulsingTriggerDaemon :: ~PulsingTriggerDaemon() -{ -} - -ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE PulsingTriggerDaemon :: Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT) -{ - while ( FixP_Time > 0 ) - { - if ( FixP_Time >= FixP_TimeToNextPulse ) - { - // then elapse some of the available time to take you to the pulse - FixP_Time -= FixP_TimeToNextPulse; - FixP_TimeToNextPulse = FixP_Period_Val; - - // and trigger: - Triggered(); - } - else - { - // Not enough time to warrant triggering; reduce time - // to next pulse and stop. - FixP_TimeToNextPulse -= FixP_Time; - ACTIVITY_RVAL_NOCHANGE - } - } - - ACTIVITY_RVAL_NOCHANGE -} - -void PulsingTriggerDaemon :: SetFuse_FixP -( - int FixP_Fuse // time until it next triggers; doesn't change the period -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( FixP_Fuse > 0 ); - FixP_TimeToNextPulse = FixP_Fuse; -} - -// A countdown daemon which DESTROYS ITSELF after it triggers -// class CountdownDaemon : public TriggerDaemon -CountdownDaemon :: CountdownDaemon -( - OurBool fActive, - int FixP_Fuse // time until it triggers -) : TriggerDaemon - ( - fActive - ) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( FixP_Fuse > 0 ); - - FixP_TimeRemaining = FixP_Fuse; -} - -CountdownDaemon :: ~CountdownDaemon() -{ -} - -ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE CountdownDaemon :: Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT) -{ - #if 0 - textprint - ( - "CountdownDaemon :: Activity(%i) with fuse %i\n", - FixP_Time, - FixP_TimeRemaining - ); - #endif - - if ( FixP_TimeRemaining > FixP_Time ) - { - // Keep counting down: - FixP_TimeRemaining -= FixP_Time; - } - else - { - // Countdown has elapsed: - Triggered(); - delete this; - } - - ACTIVITY_RVAL_NOCHANGE -} - -void CountdownDaemon :: SetFuse_FixP -( - int FixP_Fuse // time until it triggers -) -{ - FixP_TimeRemaining = FixP_Fuse; -} - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/trig666.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/trig666.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index f965943..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/trig666.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -/* - - trig666.hpp - -*/ - -#ifndef _trig666 -#define _trig666 1 - - #ifndef _daemon - #include "daemon.h" - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - class TriggerDaemon : public Daemon - { - public: - TriggerDaemon - ( - OurBool fActive - ); - ~TriggerDaemon(); - virtual void Triggered(void) = 0; - // called by the daemon's activity whenever the daemon decides to - // trigger it. - private: - - }; - - // A daemon which fires at regular intervals (potentially more than once per frame) - class PulsingTriggerDaemon : public TriggerDaemon - { - public: - PulsingTriggerDaemon - ( - OurBool fActive, - int FixP_Period // interval between triggers in seconds - ); - - ~PulsingTriggerDaemon(); - - ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT); - // never causes callback hooks to fire - - void SetFuse_FixP - ( - int FixP_Fuse // time until it next triggers; doesn't change the period - ); - - // void Triggered(void) remains pure virtual - private: - int FixP_Period_Val; - int FixP_TimeToNextPulse; - }; - - // A countdown daemon which DESTROYS ITSELF after it triggers - class CountdownDaemon : public TriggerDaemon - { - public: - CountdownDaemon - ( - OurBool fActive, - int FixP_Fuse // time until it triggers - ); - - ~CountdownDaemon(); - - ACTIVITY_RETURN_TYPE Activity(ACTIVITY_INPUT); - // never causes callback hooks to fire - - void SetFuse_FixP - ( - int FixP_Fuse // time until it triggers - ); - - // void Triggered(void) remains pure virtual - private: - int FixP_TimeRemaining; - }; - - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/vssver.scc b/3dc/avp/support/vssver.scc Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 56e2581..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/vssver.scc +++ /dev/null diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/wrapstr.cpp b/3dc/avp/support/wrapstr.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 2676c90..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/wrapstr.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,372 +0,0 @@ -/******************************************************************* - * - * DESCRIPTION: wrapstr.cpp - * - * AUTHOR: David Malcolm - * - * HISTORY: Created 6/8/98 - * - *******************************************************************/ - -/* Includes ********************************************************/ -#include "3dc.h" -#include "wrapstr.hpp" -#include "strutil.h" - - #define UseLocalAssert Yes - #include "ourasert.h" - -/* Version settings ************************************************/ - -/* Constants *******************************************************/ - -/* Macros **********************************************************/ - -/* Imported function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Imported data ***************************************************/ -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" - { -#endif - #if 0 - extern OurBool DaveDebugOn; - extern FDIEXTENSIONTAG FDIET_Dummy; - extern IFEXTENSIONTAG IFET_Dummy; - extern FDIQUAD FDIQuad_WholeScreen; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_Origin; - extern FDIPOS FDIPos_ScreenCentre; - extern IFOBJECTLOCATION IFObjLoc_Origin; - extern UncompressedGlobalPlotAtomID UGPAID_StandardNull; - extern IFCOLOUR IFColour_Dummy; - extern IFVECTOR IFVec_Zero; - #endif -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - - - -/* Exported globals ************************************************/ - -/* Internal type definitions ***************************************/ - -/* Internal function prototypes ************************************/ - -/* Internal globals ************************************************/ - -/* Exported function definitions ***********************************/ -// namespace WordWrap -List<SCString*>* WordWrap :: DeprecatedMake -( - const SCString& SCString_In, - - const IndexedFont& IndexedFnt_In, - - int W_FirstLine_In, - int W_Subsequently_In - // widths to wrap with. - // They are different in order to support paragraph starts of various kinds - // e.g. bulleting -) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( W_FirstLine_In >= 0 ); - GLOBALASSERT( W_Subsequently_In >= 0 ); - - // The list to return is initially empty: - List<SCString*>* pList_pSCString_Return = new List<SCString*>; - - #if 1 - { - // Iterate through the string: - ProjChar* pProjCh_I = SCString_In . pProjCh(); - - ProjChar* pProjCh_StartOfLine = pProjCh_I; - int CharsInLine = 0; - - ProjChar* pProjCh_StartOfNextLine = 0; - int CharsInLine_Good = 0; - // update this whenever you have a "good" wrap position i.e. - // one where there's whitespace - - int W_Available = W_FirstLine_In; - - while - ( - !STRUTIL_SC_fIsTerminator - ( - pProjCh_I - ) - ) - { - // Determine if adding this character to the line being - // formed will make the line too long to fit: - if - ( - IndexedFnt_In . CalcSize - ( - pProjCh_StartOfLine, - ( CharsInLine + 1 ) - ) . w - > - W_Available - ) - { - // It won't fit: - if ( CharsInLine_Good > 0 ) - { - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_StartOfNextLine ); - - // If so, flush the current line by creating a new SCString - // for it and start a new line with this as the first character - pList_pSCString_Return -> add_entry_end - ( - new SCString - ( - pProjCh_StartOfLine, - CharsInLine_Good - ) - ); - - pProjCh_StartOfLine = pProjCh_StartOfNextLine; - CharsInLine = (CharsInLine - CharsInLine_Good ); - CharsInLine_Good = 0; - // Note that we don't advance pProjCh_I, but the variant does - // decrease since pProjCh_StartOfLine will advance, reducing the number - // of characters left to add. - - W_Available = W_Subsequently_In; - - continue; - } - else - { - // Emergency: what we have won't fit even by itself in the given - // width. Continue processing until you reach a "good" breaking point: - } - } - - // Otherwise, add this character to the line being formed: - { - if - ( - bWhitespace( *pProjCh_I ) - ) - { - // Whitespace character: - if - ( - (CharsInLine == 0) - ) - { - // Ignore leading whitespace in a line: - pProjCh_StartOfLine++; - pProjCh_I++; - } - else - { - // Add this character to the line being generated; it is an acceptable - // breaking point: - pProjCh_I++; - CharsInLine++; - - CharsInLine_Good = CharsInLine; - pProjCh_StartOfNextLine = pProjCh_I; - } - } - else if (*pProjCh_I=='\n') - { - pProjCh_I++; - CharsInLine++; - - CharsInLine_Good = CharsInLine; - pProjCh_StartOfNextLine = pProjCh_I; - - pList_pSCString_Return -> add_entry_end - ( - new SCString - ( - pProjCh_StartOfLine, - CharsInLine_Good - ) - ); - - pProjCh_StartOfLine = pProjCh_StartOfNextLine; - CharsInLine = (CharsInLine - CharsInLine_Good ); - CharsInLine_Good = 0; - W_Available = W_Subsequently_In; - - - } - else - { - // Non-whitespace character: - - // Add this character to the line being generated; it is not an acceptable - // breaking point: - CharsInLine++; - pProjCh_I++; - } - } - } - - // Flush the final line that was formed: - pList_pSCString_Return -> add_entry_end - ( - new SCString - ( - pProjCh_StartOfLine, - CharsInLine - ) - ); - - - } - #else - { - // Iterate through the string: - ProjChar* pProjCh_I = SCString_In . pProjCh(); - ProjChar* pProjCh_StartOfLine = pProjCh_I; - - int CharsInLine = 0; - - int W_Available = W_FirstLine_In; - - while - ( - !STRUTIL_SC_fIsTerminator - ( - pProjCh_I - ) - ) - { - // Determine if adding this character to the line being - // formed will make the line too long to fit: - if - ( - IndexedFnt_In . CalcSize - ( - pProjCh_StartOfLine, - ( CharsInLine + 1 ) - ) . w - > - W_Available - ) - { - // It won't fit: - if ( CharsInLine > 0 ) - { - // If so, flush the current line by creating a new SCString - // for it and start a new line with this as the first character - pList_pSCString_Return -> add_entry_end - ( - new SCString - ( - pProjCh_StartOfLine, - CharsInLine - ) - ); - - pProjCh_StartOfLine = pProjCh_I; - CharsInLine = 0; - // Note that we don't advance pProjCh_I, but the variant does - // decrease since pProjCh_StartOfLine will advance, reducing the number - // of characters left to add. - - W_Available = W_Subsequently_In; - } - else - { - // Emergency: the character we have won't fit even by itself in the given - // width. Make a line containing just this character (to avoid infinite loops): - pList_pSCString_Return -> add_entry_end - ( - new SCString - ( - pProjCh_StartOfLine, - 1 - ) - ); - - pProjCh_I++; - - pProjCh_StartOfLine = pProjCh_I; - CharsInLine = 0; - - W_Available = W_Subsequently_In; - } - } - else - { - // Otherwise, add this character to the line being formed: - if - ( - (CharsInLine == 0) - && - bWhitespace( *pProjCh_I ) - ) - { - // Ignore leading whitespace in a line: - pProjCh_StartOfLine++; - } - else - { - // Add this character to the line being generated: - CharsInLine ++; - } - - pProjCh_I++; - - } - } - - // Flush the final line that was formed: - pList_pSCString_Return -> add_entry_end - ( - new SCString - ( - pProjCh_StartOfLine, - CharsInLine - ) - ); - - - } - #endif - - return pList_pSCString_Return; -} - -int WordWrap :: bWhitespace( ProjChar ProjCh ) -{ - // LOCALISEME(); - return ( ProjCh == ' '); -} - -int WordWrap :: bWithinWord( ProjChar* pProjCh_Test ) -{ - GLOBALASSERT( pProjCh_Test ); - - if ( bWhitespace(*pProjCh_Test) ) - { - return No; - } - - GLOBALASSERT - ( - !STRUTIL_SC_fIsTerminator - ( - pProjCh_Test - ) - ); - - return - ( - !bWhitespace( *(pProjCh_Test++) ) - ); - // i.e you're within a word iff - // neither you nor the next char are whitespace -} - - -/* Internal function definitions ***********************************/ diff --git a/3dc/avp/support/wrapstr.hpp b/3dc/avp/support/wrapstr.hpp deleted file mode 100644 index 4070149..0000000 --- a/3dc/avp/support/wrapstr.hpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -/* - - wrapstr.hpp - - Support for word-wrapping strings: the heart of it takes a string, - a font, and a width, and creates a list of strings objects guaranteed - to have width less than or equal to the specified width when displayed with - the specified font. - - This guarantee is not absolute; it can fail to be upheld if there's a word - in the string that's wider than the width you give it (and thus can't fit - without being broken) - - There is no support for mixing fonts. - - There is no support for carriage returns, tabs, etc. - -*/ - -#ifndef _wrapstr_hpp -#define _wrapstr_hpp 1 - - #if ( defined( __WATCOMC__ ) || defined( _MSC_VER ) ) - #pragma once - #endif - - #ifndef _scstring - #include "scstring.hpp" - #endif - - #ifndef _indexfnt - #include "indexfnt.hpp" - #endif - - #ifndef _reflist_hpp - #include "reflist.hpp" - #endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus - extern "C" { -#endif - -/* Version settings *****************************************************/ - -/* Constants ***********************************************************/ - -/* Macros ***************************************************************/ - -/* Type definitions *****************************************************/ - -/* Exported globals *****************************************************/ - -/* Function prototypes **************************************************/ - namespace WordWrap - { - /* Deprecated version; to be phased out once we have interators for RefLists - since you have to manually release references as you destroy all/parts of the list - */ - extern List<SCString*>* DeprecatedMake - ( - const SCString& SCString_In, - - const IndexedFont& IndexedFnt_In, - - int W_FirstLine_In, - int W_Subsequently_In - // widths to wrap with. - // They are different in order to support paragraph starts of various kinds - // e.g. bulleting - ); - - extern RefList<SCString>* Make - ( - const SCString& SCString_In, - - const IndexedFont& IndexedFnt_In, - - int W_FirstLine_In, - int W_Subsequently_In - // widths to wrap with. - // They are different in order to support paragraph starts of various kinds - // e.g. bulleting - ); - - int bWhitespace( ProjChar ProjCh ); - - int bWithinWord( ProjChar* pProjCh_Test ); - - }; - - -/* End of the header ****************************************************/ - - -#ifdef __cplusplus - }; -#endif - -#endif |